Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Online Manual
Copyright © 1998-2005 Wilcom International Pty Ltd. All rights reserved.
No parts of this publication or the accompanying software may be copied or
distributed, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system or translated into any
human or computer language, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical,
magnetic, manual, or otherwise, or disclosed to any third party without the express
written permission of:
Wilcom International Pty Ltd. (A.B.N. 62 062 621 943)
146-156 Wyndham Street, Alexandria (Sydney)
New South Wales, 2015, Australia
PO Box 581, Alexandria, 1435
Phone: +61 2 9578 5100
Fax: +61 2 9578 5108
Email: wilcom@wilcom.com.au
Web: http://www.wilcom.com.au
The Stitch Processor (SP) portion of this product is protected by the following patents:
US Patent Nº 4,821,662
European Patent Nº 0221163
Japanese Patent Nº 2029491
Curve Line Fill Stitching in this product is protected by US Patent No. 6,587,745.
TrueView™ and Point & Stitch™ are trademarks of Wilcom International Pty Ltd.
Portions of the imaging technology of this product are copyrighted by AccuSoft
Corporation. The EPS File Import/Export Convertor used in this product is copyrighted
by Access Softek, Inc. All rights reserved.
Wilcom International Pty Ltd. makes no representation or warranties with respect to
the contents of this publication and specifically disclaims any implied warranties of
merchantable quality or fitness for any particular purpose.
Further, Wilcom International Pty Ltd. reserves the right to revise this publication and
to make changes in it from time to time without obligation of Wilcom International Pty
Ltd. to notify any person or organization of such revisions or changes.
The screen illustrations in this publication are intended to be representations, not
exact duplicates of the screen layouts generated by the software.
Subject to any warranties implied by law which are incapable of limitation or exclusion,
the software is purchased ‘as is’ without any warranty as to its performance, accuracy,
freedom from error or to any results generated through its use and without any implied
warranty of merchantability or of fitness for any particular purpose for which the
software is being acquired. The purchaser relies on its own skill and judgement in
selecting the software for its own use and assumes the entire risk as to the results and
performance of the software. Wilcom International Pty Ltd. specifically does not
warrant that the software will meet the purchaser’s requirements or operate without
interruption or error.
First-time users
Wilcom ES provides a wide range of design capabilities, allowing you to
create, edit, and output embroidery designs with ease. Before you begin
working with the product, read Digitizing with Wilcom ES. This chapter
presents an overview of the basic concepts of digitizing with Wilcom ES and
provides important guidelines on how to use the software for best results.
You should also familiarize yourself with Basic Procedures. This chapter
explains how to start the application and how to use some of the essential
tools and features that Wilcom ES provides. The chapters Viewing Designs
and Working with Design Objects contain essential information about the
many ways of viewing designs in Wilcom ES as well as selecting and
manipulating design ‘objects’.
21D—Powerful Digitizing
Corporate, Sports, Fashion
Wilcom ES level 21D introduces you to professional embroidery digitizing.
Backed with the advanced lettering and editing features of level 21E, 21D
delivers a suite of integrated and powerful digitizing tools plus the flexibility
to create reliable, quality embroidery designs. Using scanned or imported
artwork, create embroidery shapes with turning or parallel stitching plus
advanced stitch types like Program Split or Motif Fill. Ideal for companies
that do corporate, sports and fashion embroidery, level 21D supports all
common embroidery industry formats.
45—Creative Digitizing
Creative Flair, High Fashion, Inspiration
Boasting a blend of powerful digitizing tools and creative stitch effects,
Wilcom ES level 45 is Wilcom’s most popular embroidery digitizing system.
Import and convert vector files to embroidery using Wilcom’s legendary
ES 2006 Introduction 2
Point & Stitch technology. Advanced stitch effects such as Florentine Effect,
3D Warp, Trapunto and Stipple stitch bring your embroidery to life. Smart
Branching sequences your embroidery design, eliminating trims, while
Offset Object automatically create borders around lettering and other
design objects. Wilcom ES level 45 gives you the competitive edge to create
superior embroidery designs faster and more simply than ever before.
65—Advanced Digitizing
High Volume —Maximum Power
To arm yourself with the full power of Wilcom ES, level 65 is the only choice
for the advanced digitizer. Encompassing Wilcom’s complete range of
embroidery lettering, editing and digitizing tools, level 65 contains as
standard superior Chenille embroidery and stunning automated Sequin
design tools. Productivity and efficiency is the main focus of level 65.
Crafted to support high volume embroidery, time-saving tools such as
Mirror-Merge, Fusion Fill™ and Color Blending complement the easy-to-use
interface to give you maximum power. Take charge of your embroidery
design process with the powerful capabilities of Wilcom ES level 65.
Note For a complete feature listing, see Product Differentiation Table in the
Online Manual.
Wilcom ES documentation
Wilcom ES provides you with a number of ways to access information about
the software and how to use it, both in printed form and online via the Help
menu.
Printed documentation
With your Wilcom ES installation CD you will have received the following
printed documentation:
Online documentation
Online documentation is provided in two formats—HTML Online Help and
Adobe Acrobat. Components include Release Notes, Quick Reference, Online
Manual, Online Help, as well as various User Manual Supplements.
Release Notes
An online version of the Release Notes is included with the software
installation.
Quick Reference
All commands in ES Designer can be accessed via the various menus, both
‘dropdown’ and ‘popup’, toolbar icons, menu chart (for use with digitizing
tablets), as well as ‘access’ and ‘shortcut’ keys. Many commands can be
accessed by more than one method. The Quick Reference lets you see at a
glance which method best suits you.
ES 2006 Introduction 4
Online Manual
The Online Manual contains hundreds of step-by-step instructions together
with samples and screen images. These are intended to be used as a
reference, not a tutorial. The manual documents the following product
components: ES Designer and ES Design Explorer. ES Machine Manager,
and the ES Chenille, ES Schiffli, and ES Cross Stitch Options are
documented in separate supplements described below.
Online Help
Online Help provides quick access to general information on ES Designer
features and step-by-step instructions. Context Sensitive help is currently
available for dialogs by pressing the 1 key.
ES 2006 Introduction 6
Fit in Window
Actual Size Fit Width Zoom dropdown
Tip You can open your online documentation directly from ES Designer.
Go to the Help menu and select the document you want from the
dropdown list.
3 Select the topic you want by clicking on its ‘Bookmark’.
4 Change the view magnification in any of the following ways:
Click the Actual Size, or Fit in Window, or Fit Width buttons.
Select the Zoom In tool, then click anywhere on the page—each
click increases the magnification.
Click the Reader Zoom dropdown and select a setting—try 200% if
you want to look closely at screen diagrams.
5 Use the page turning controls at the bottom of the window to scroll
backwards and forwards through the book or return to previous views.
Tip Select Help > Reader Guide from the top of the Reader screen for
comprehensive information about using Reader.
Note Context Sensitive help is available for dialogs. When you open a
dialog box, press 1 to invoke relevant help.
Note You must have a correctly configured web browser on your system
together with web access.
Commands
Commands on a submenu are referred to by both the submenu and
command name. For example the command ‘Open’ on the submenu
‘Embroidery Disk’ is referred to as Embroidery Disk > Open.
Dialog boxes
Dialog boxes are referred to as ‘dialogs’ and are displayed only if they
provide important information on using Wilcom ES. The screen images
ES 2006 Introduction 8
provided may differ slightly to the layouts generated by the software and
operating system you are using.
Mouse conventions
Shift-click V+[ Hold down Shift and click left mouse button.
Keyboard conventions
Shortcut Description
C+S While holding down the Control key (Ctrl), press the
lowercase letter S key.
C+V+H While holding down the Control key (Ctrl), press Shift and
the H key.
Basic procedures
This section describes how to start ES Designer, how to open designs, start
new ones and use the basic commands. It also explains how to turn on and
off the grid and measure distances on-screen. You will also find out how to
select machine formats for different output as well as how to save designs.
The section also explains the procedure for entering security codes. See
Basic Procedures for details.
Planning designs
High quality embroidery starts with good design and forward planning.
Artwork
Artwork in both bitmap and vector formats can be inserted, pasted or
scanned into ES Designer for use as digitizing ‘backdrops’. Unless you are
an experienced digitizer, do not use complicated artwork. Possible sources
include:
books of embroidery patterns
children’s story books
printed table cloths or tea towels
business cards, post cards and wrapping paper
clipart libraries from your word processing or graphics programs
internet or CD clipart libraries
samples in the Wilcom ES Design folder
original artwork—e.g. children’s drawings.
Note Be sure to check the copyright of any images you have not created
yourself. If unsure, contact the company and seek their permission.
1
5 details last
Completed design
Good design is enhanced by the use of the correct backing, tension and a
good quality embroidery machine. Keep the following points in mind when
digitizing your design and assessing the final output:
Object-based embroidery
Designs created in ES Designer are composed of ‘embroidery objects’. They
are called ‘objects’ because they are discrete entities which can be
manipulated independently of each other. Each object has certain defining
characteristics or ‘properties’ such as color, size, position, and so on. The
most important property of an embroidery object is its stitch type.
Viewing designs
ES Designer provides many viewing modes to make it easier to work with
your designs. Zoom in on an area to see more detail, view the design at
actual size, or view a thumbnail of the whole design in a separate Overview
window. Pan the design to move it across the design window instead of
scrolling, and quickly change between one view and the last.
Digitizing designs
In ES Designer, you build designs from basic shapes or ‘embroidery objects’.
These are like ordinary vector objects in that they have certain defining
characteristics or ‘properties’ such as color, size, position, and so on. They
also have properties unique to embroidery such as stitch type and density.
Digitizing methods
The process of creating embroidery objects on-screen is called ‘digitizing’.
Like the creation of designs in graphics applications, this involves the use of
Stitch types divide broadly into two categories—outline and fill. Satin fills
are generally suited to columns and borders. Tatami stitch is used to fill
larger shapes with solid fields of stitching. Run stitch, Backstitch, and
Stemstitch are considered both digitizing methods and stitch types. Both
Zigzag and E Stitch are used as outline stitches. Zigzag is frequently used
for tacking down appliqués, while E Stitch is used as the cover stitch. Both
can also be used for decorative effect. See Fill and Outline Stitches for
details.
Colorway 1 Colorway 2
connector
These features are all object properties and can be applied, removed or
modified at will. See Improving Stitch Quality for details.
Vector images have the advantage over bitmap images that they can be
converted directly to embroidery objects using a variety of input methods.
This allows you to concentrate on design shapes without having to think
about stitch properties and sequence. See Digitizing with Vector Images for
details.
vector image
converted to
embroidery design
Automatic digitizing
ES Designer provides a variety of complementary tools and techniques for
automatically digitizing suitably prepared artwork. See Automatic Digitizing
for details.
The Auto Trace feature lets you convert scanned artwork to vector
objects. You can then convert these to embroidery objects using a
variety of input methods.
The Point & Stitch tools provide everything necessary to digitize shapes
in bitmap images automatically without using manual input methods.
gray scale
image
digitized with
Photo Flash
Modifying designs
After digitizing a design, you can modify it as a whole, edit individual objects
or even individual stitches.
Style 1 Style 2
Borders
Add attractive borders such as rectangles, ovals, and shields to
designs using the Borders symbol set. When you add a border, it is
automatically sized to fit the current design. See Adding borders to designs
for details.
Appliqué
Automatically create all the stitching you need for
appliqué using Auto Appliqué. Simply extract
appliqué shapes from a design to a separate file.
See Digitizing for appliqué for details.
Embroidery lettering
Create top-quality lettering quickly and simply. ES Designer provides a large
range of scalable closest-join alphabet styles and multi-color and fancy
stitching alphabets to choose from.
Use the Team Names feature to create designs with multiple names. For
example, use the same logo with different names for sports teams or
corporate uniforms without having to create multiple copies of the same
design. See Team lettering for details.
Typically spacing between certain character pairs appears uneven due to the
optical illusion of having straight lines and curves side-by-side. Automatic
kerning is a user-defined option allowing you to customize kerning. See
Automatic letter kerning for details.
Sometimes you find that you want to reshape a letter to improve its
appearance, perhaps to suit a particular lettering height. ES Designer lets
you save the letter as an alternative version. In fact you can save multiple
versions of the same letter within the same alphabet. See User-refined
alphabets for details.
Merge letters from two or more alphabets with the stand-alone alphabet
merging utility. See Merging alphabets for details.
Outputting designs
You can output embroidery designs in a variety of ways—saving to
embroidery disk, punching to paper tape, sending appliqué shapes to a
cutter, or sending directly to machine for stitching. From the same design
file, you can also output a production worksheet for the embroidery machine
operator. Designers frequently want to distribute their designs so that they
can be seen in real colors, in TrueView or otherwise. In ES Designer you can
save both design images and production worksheets to disk or email them
direct. See Outputting Designs for details.
Design management
ES Designer provides a number of productivity tools to help you manage
designs and design elements for re-use. The Embroidery Clipart feature is
a powerful productivity tool which makes whole designs and design
fragments easily available. ES Design Explorer provides an efficient way for
viewing and managing embroidery designs in folders.
Embroidery Clipart
The Embroidery Clipart feature allows you to recycle
commonly used design elements and greatly speeds up the
process of creating new designs. Use the clipart library to
permanently store useful embroidery elements and assign
keywords to them. Summary information such as width and
height, number of stitches and colors is automatically
recorded.
The library displays all design elements currently recorded to
your personal database. Behind this functionality is the
powerful Microsoft Data Engine or MSDE. Sort and search
functionality is provided to filter your list according to name,
keywords, number of colors, or number of stitches. Once a
suitable design element is located, simply drag and drop it
as ‘embroidery clipart’ into the current project.
Automatically find the nearest match between selected
clipart element colors and the current palette. See Embroidery Clipart for
details.
ES Design Explorer
With ES Design Explorer, you can browse design files stored on your
computer hard disk, CD-ROM, or floppy disk, as well as cut, copy, paste and
delete them. It recognizes all design file formats used by ES Designer. See
ES Design Explorer Basics for details.
Designs in ES Design Explorer
folders can be sorted in various
ways. This is useful when you
want to select designs for
stitching out, printing,
archiving, and so on. Once a
design is selected in an
ES Design Explorer folder, you
can send it direct to an
embroidery machine or
punching machine. You can also
batch-convert your EMB and
other design files to and from
other file formats directly from ES Design Explorer. See ES Design Explorer
Advanced Functions for details.
Security codes enable access to features within the software. You also need
to be able to identify your system’s access codes, and enter new codes for
upgrades.
This section describes how to start ES Designer, how to open designs, start
new ones and use the basic commands. It also explains how to turn on and
off the grid and measure distances on-screen. You will also find out how to
select machine formats for different output as well as how to save designs.
The section also explains the procedure for entering security codes.
Starting ES Designer
To start ES Designer
Double-click the ES Designer shortcut icon on the Windows desktop.
Alternatively, select Programs > Wilcom ES > ES Designer from the
Start menu. ES Designer opens with a new, blank design (Design1).
Pointer toolbar
Input toolbar
Travel toolbar
Image toolbar
Status bar
Prompt line
Design Window Color toolbar General object properties
Use Show Pointer Toolbar (Show Vertical toolbar) to display the Pointer
toolbar.
Use Show Input Toolbar (Show Vertical toolbar) to display the Input
toolbar.
Use Show Travel Toolbar (Show Vertical toolbar) to display the Travel
toolbar.
Use Show Image Toolbar (Show Vertical toolbar) to display the Image
toolbar.
Toolbars provide quick and easy access to most ES Designer commands. You
can choose to show or hide them for convenience.
Tip To increase your working area, hide unwanted toolbars and use the
menu and keyboard commands instead. See also Quick Reference.
Tip Use the buttons on the Show Vertical toolbar to display the Pointer,
Input, Travel, and Image toolbars on the side of the design window.
By default, the Toolbar Park toolbar is situated just above the design
window. Simply drag and drop any toolbar into the Park to move it out of
the way. Click the tab and drag it back out when you need it. You can also
park the Color-Object List, the Color Palette Editor, and the Object
Select required
tab
Adjust settings
Scroll to view
dialog
Apply settings
2 Select a tab to access the object property set you want to adjust.
After clicking
‘swivel’ button, drag
popup slider to set Click ‘swivel’ button
to invoke slider
control
Checkboxes are
optional
General properties
permanently available on
right side of status bar
Click to apply
or revert
Tip The Object Properties dialog can be temporarily parked in the new
Toolbar Park toolbar for easy access. See Toolbar docking and parking
for details.
7 Close the Object Properties dialog by any of the following means:
Click the Object Properties icon.
Click the X icon in the Object Properties dialog to close.
Use Undo icon (Standard toolbar) to undo an action and Undo Arrow to
undo a range of actions.
Use Redo icon (Standard toolbar) to redo an action and Redo Arrow to redo
a range of actions.
You can undo the effects of most commands. If you change your mind, you
can redo them again. ES Designer ‘remembers’ up to 256 undo and redo
command actions.
Redo selected
actions
Undo selected
actions
Tip To cancel the current selection in the Undo/Redo List or close it, click
the Undo/Redo Arrow button again or click away the list without
selecting any action.
Opening designs
Warning You cannot open EMB files created with a later version of the
software than the one you are currently running.
To open a design
1 Click the Open icon.
preview panel
design data
preview on/off
Tip For more information about a selected file, right-click and select
Properties from the popup menu. See Viewing design information in
Windows Explorer for details.
6 For file types other than EMB or ESD, click Options and change the
recognition options. See Processing Design Files for details.
7 Click Open.
Use New (Standard toolbar) to start a new design with the NORMAL
template.
Whenever you click the New icon, a blank design opens in the design window
using the default ‘NORMAL’ template.
Tip Whenever you create a new design, save it with a new name. See
Saving designs for details.
Use New (File menu) to start a new design with a selected template.
You can select a custom template to base your new design on. See also
Working with design templates.
Tip Whenever you create a new design, save it with a new name. See
Saving designs for details.
Generating stitches
To generate stitches
To generate stitches for new or selected objects, click the Generate
Stitches icon or press G.
If any objects are selected, stitches are generated for them
automatically. If no objects are currently selected, stitches are
generated for new objects as soon as you press Enter.
To remove stitches, or digitize without generating stitches, deselect
Generate Stitches icon or press G again.
Tip Make sure Show Outlines is selected, and the colors of background
and object(s) when selected contradict each other, otherwise the objects
will not be visible in the design window. See Changing background colors
and fabrics for details.
Click Show Grid (Standard toolbar) to show or hide the grid. Right-click to
change the Grid settings.
Use grid lines to help accurately align or size embroidery objects. You can
show or hide the grid at any time. Default grid spacing is 10 mm x 10 mm.
Show Grid
Select View > Grid and Guides tab and select the Show Grid option.
Press Shift+G.
Tip You can change grid spacing, select a reference point and turn Snap
to Grid on or off in the Options dialog. You can also change the color of
the grid lines. See Changing display colors for details. See also Setting
grid options.
Click Show Rulers and Guides (Standard toolbar) to show or hide rulers and
guides. Right-click to change the Guides settings.
Drag the Ruler Zero Point to reset a new ruler zero point.
Note By default, rulers and guides are switched on. When they are
switched off, guides are hidden but are stored in the design and will
reappear when switched back on.
Select View > Grid and Guides tab and select the Show Rulers and
Guides option.
Press Ctrl+R.
Click-and-drag to
reset ruler zero
point
Click-and-drag to
reposition guides
Click ruler to
create new guide
Enter precise
position
Note The ruler zero and the design zero are not the same and in
general do not coincide. When the zero point of the rulers is changed,
the guides maintain their current displacement from the zero point of
the design, not the zero point of the rulers.
To remove a guide, drag the yellow guide handle off the design window.
Tip You can turn Snap to Grid and Snap to Guide on or off in the
Options dialog. You can also change the color of grid and guidelines. See
Changing display colors for details. See also Setting grid options.
Measure the distance between two points on screen using the Measure
command. You can show these measurements in a tooltip. Measurements
are shown in millimeters or inches, depending on the option selected in the
Windows Control Panel. See your Windows documentation for more
information.
Tip If turned on, the measurements will also appear in tooltips. Use the
tooltip with the crosshair cursor on for a more accurate measurement.
See Setting other options for details.
measurements
appear as tooltip
Select the Select Machine Format (Machine menu) to select a machine format.
Before you start digitizing, decide which machine format to use. A design’s
machine format can be changed at any time for stitching to another machine
type, or sending to a paper tape punch or embroidery disk.
Select machine
format
Note You can customize or add formats to suit the embroidery machine
you will use to stitch the design. See Creating custom formats or
Adjusting standard machine format settings in the Online Manual for
details.
3 Click OK.
Saving designs
Use Save (Standard toolbar) to save the current design. Right-click to open
the Save As dialog.
ES Designer lets you save designs in EMB as well as other outline and ‘stitch’
file formats. You can also save designs to proprietary embroidery disks, or
punch them to paper tape. See Embroidery design formats and Embroidery
Disks and Paper Tapes in the Online Manual. See also Saving designs for
machine.
Saving a design records its file name, location and format, and updates it
with any changes you make. When you save an existing design under a new
name, to a different location or format, you create a copy of the original
design.
To save a design
1 Click the Save icon.
If this is the first time you have saved the design, the Save As dialog
opens.
Tip To save changes to an existing file but preserve the original, use
Save As.
folder containing
design
design name
format list
2 Select the folder where you want to save the design from the Save In
list.
3 Enter a name for the design in the File name field.
4 Select a file format from the Save as type list. See Supported
embroidery file formats for details.
Warning If a design feature is not available in the file type you select,
it will be converted—e.g. Flexi Split stitching may be changed to plain
Tatami.
5 Click Save.
Deselecting objects
You can cancel all selections in the design, or remove individual objects from
a group of selected objects.
To deselect objects
Deselect an object/s by any of the following means:
Click an empty area of the background.
Select a different object.
Press Esc or X to deselect all.
Select Edit > Deselect All to deselect all.
Remove an object from a group of selection by holding down Ctrl and
clicking the object to deselect.
Click Select Object (Pointer toolbar) and click the object to select.
The simplest way to select objects is by pointing and clicking with the Select
Object tool—the default. With Shift and Ctrl keys, you can select multiple
objects. Filled objects can be selected by clicking their outlines or stitches.
Closed unfilled objects, such as drawing objects with no fill color, can only
be selected by clicking their outlines. Clicking an object outline selects the
object regardless of whether another object is on top. When clicking at a
point where two or more objects intersect, the last object in the sequence
is selected. Where you have a mixture of closed-curve objects, you can
select object outlines or fill stitches. Clicking within an object’s extent box
but outside its outline does not select it. With low-density stitching and/or
at high zooms, it is actually possible to click between stitches and not select
the object.
OR
Click first object Ctrl + Hold down Ctrl and Shift + Hold down Shift and
click another object click last object
Note Clicking within the object’s extent box but outside its outline does
not select it.
Where you have a mixture of closed-curve objects with or without fills,
you can select object outlines or fill stitches.
Clicking fill selects the object Clicking fill behind an object Clicking outline of object
even if it is within the bounds without fill selects the object selects the object
of a larger object
Click Select Object (Pointer toolbar) and drag a bounding box around the
object to select.
With the Select Object tool activated, you can select objects by dragging a
bounding box around them. The selection tool is generally activated by
default.
Note Only objects completely within the bounding box will be selected
when you release the mouse button. See also Grouping and ungrouping
objects.
The Selects On tool adds objects to the selection as you travel through the
stitching sequence.
Note If the Select Object tool is not selected, Selects On has no effect.
3 Travel through the design. See Traveling by object for details.
As you travel, objects are added to the selection.
Click Select Object (Pointer toolbar) together with the Ctrl key to select
objects as you travel through a design.
You can select objects as you ‘travel’ through the design using the Ctrl key.
Traveling is usually associated with checking the stitching sequence.
3 Hold down Ctrl, and travel over the object to select it.
Tip You can select the object you are currently traveling through by
pressing Shift+O or right-clicking the Select Object tool.
Click Select Object (Pointer toolbar) and press Tab or Shift + Tab to select
next or previous objects.
If an object is already selected, you can select the object before or after it
in the stitching sequence using Tab or Shift + Tab with the Select Object tool
activated. With no object selected, you can select the first or last object in
the design sequence.
Tip Hold down Ctrl and press Tab or Shift + Tab to add the next or
previous objects to the selection.
Tip To select an object which is behind another object, you can zoom in and
click the outline. Alternatively, position the pointer over the object, hold
down the 2 key, and click until the object is selected. Each click selects the
next overlapping object.
Click Polygon Select /Line Select (Pointer toolbar) to select objects with a
bounding box.
With the Polygon Select /Line Select tool you can select a specific object
by drawing a bounding box around it.
Mark reference
points around
object/s to select
The objects you want to select must be completely within the outline.
3 Press Enter to select.
Click Polygon Select/Line Select (Pointer toolbar) to draw a line through the
object to select.
With the Polygon Select /Line Select tool you can select a specific object
by drawing a line through it.
Mark two
reference points
Note Manual color changes are ignored. Any objects with manual color
changes are selected according to their original color.
Note You can use the Color-Object List to group and lock objects. Use it
also to cut, copy and paste, resequence, as well as branch objects. See also
Grouping and locking with the Color-Object List, Copying and pasting
objects, Resequencing colors and objects with the Color-Object List, and
Branching objects with the Color-Object List in the Online Manual.
object total
total color icons object total stitch
block count count count
bitmap image
node
vector image object type
node
The Color-Object List shows a separate icon for each color block and
each object in the design, in order of stitching sequence. Each object’s
stitch count is also shown, together with the input method and stitch
type used in its creation.
Click to
open/close all
color block nodes
Click to open/close
individual color block
node Blue border appears
around selected
objects
To deselect all objects, click away from objects and color blocks.
4 Hide selected color blocks and objects via the popup menu commands.
Right-click a color block or object icon and apply Hide from the
popup menu.
To show all items, right-click any object or color block, and select
Unhide All from the popup menu.
Hold down
Locate to
quickly view
selected items
Select Hide
Others to view
only selected
items
Alternatively, select the items you want to view in isolation, and hold
down Locate.
Note The Locate button will hide all unselected objects, but it will not
pan to the located object. Nor will it update the Overview window.
Note To make sure your design is being displayed at the correct size, you
might need to calibrate your monitor. See Calibrating the monitor for details.
Click Show All (Zoom toolbar) to display the whole design in the design
window.
Select Zoom In 2X (Zoom toolbar) to display a design at twice its current size.
Select Zoom Out 2X (Zoom toolbar) to display a design at half its current
size.
Select a Zoom Factor (Zoom toolbar) from the dropdown list to
display the design at a particular scale.
Tip Use Auto Scroll to scroll the design automatically while you are
digitizing. This can be more convenient than using panning or the scroll
bars. See Setting auto scroll options for details.
Tip To fit selected objects in the window, select View > Show All >
Selected Objects. Alternatively, press Shift+0 on the keyboard. Press
Shift+S to only show selected objects. See also Design viewing settings.
Select a Zoom Factor from the dropdown list to display the design at a
particular scale or key it directly into the field. Alternatively, select View
> Zoom Factor or press F on the keyboard. In the Zoom Factor dialog,
enter a viewing scale and click OK.
Enter viewing
scale
To zoom in on a section of a design, click the Zoom Box icon and drag
a bounding box around the zoom area. Alternatively, press B on the
keyboard.
Use the Overview Window to view a thumbnail of the design. The window
updates whenever you make a change and can be used to zoom in or pan
across the design window. See also Zooming and panning designs.
Note To change the view settings for the Overview window, click it to make
it the active window. See Design viewing settings for details.
Click for
zoom box
2 To zoom in or out, click the Zoom button at the bottom of the window
and drag a bounding box around the area to zoom.
Note To view the stitching sequence, use Slow Redraw. See Redrawing the
stitching sequence slowly for details.
Press
Shift+S
Select Options (Special menu) to display all embroidery objects in a design, or hide
all but the selected objects.
You can set your system to display all embroidery objects in a design, or
hide all but the selected objects. You can also turn off all embroidery objects
in order to see backdrop images more clearly.
Note Display settings apply to both the design window and production
worksheet. See also Design viewing modes and Previewing production
worksheets.
Tip The Color-Object List provides another way to view design objects. See
Selecting and viewing objects with the Color-Object List for details.
Note From this dialog you can also select the design elements you want
to display—e.g. stitches, outlines, etc. You can also change TrueView
settings for different effects. See Setting design element view options
and Setting TrueView options in the Online Manual.
4 Click OK.
Tip The Color-Object List provides another way to view design objects. See
Selecting and viewing objects with the Color-Object List for details.
4 Click OK.
The design appears with only those colors you selected in view.
Note The View By Color command will not work with grouped objects.
Tip You can change Overview window view settings separately to the design
window. For example, you can view the design in TrueView in the Overview
window and in normal view in the design window. See also Working with the
Overview Window.
You can show or hide stitches and object outlines as you work. Hide stitches
to see outlines more clearly when reshaping. Show outlines if Generate
Stitches is turned off. See also Generating stitches.
Tip Right-clicking these tools opens the Options > View Design tab.
See Viewing selected parts of a design for details.
Tip Change TrueView settings for different effects. See Setting TrueView
options for details.
TrueView ON
Tip Use TrueView together with a background fabric to see how your
design will look when stitched out. See Changing background colors and
fabrics for details.
Click Show Needle Points (Standard toolbar) to show or hide the needle
points in a design.
You can show or hide design elements such as needle points, connectors and
machine function symbols in your design. For example:
View needle points to select stitches for editing
View functions to check color changes or trims
View connectors to help position entry and exit points.
See also Connecting Embroidery Objects and Editing Stitches and Machine
Functions in the Online Manual.
Note You can display or hide design elements in any combination. None
displays while viewing in TrueView.
To show or hide connectors, click the Show Connectors icon. See also
Types of connectors.
To show or hide machine functions, click the Show Functions icon. See
also Machine function types.
Tip Right-clicking these tools opens the Options > View Design tab.
See Viewing selected parts of a design for details. See also Setting
design element view options.
Note The stitching sequence can only be viewed in stitch view. It cannot
be used with TrueView.
Traveling by stitches
To travel by stitches
Click the travel tool you require to travel backwards through the
stitching sequence by 1, 10, 100, or 1000 stitches.
Right-click the required tool to travel forwards through the stitching
sequence.
Travel backwards
one stitch
Traveling by segment
Use the Travel by Segment tool or keyboard shortcut to travel through the
design by object segment. See also Quick Reference.
To travel by segment
To travel to the previous segment, click the Travel by Segment icon.
To travel to the next segment, right-click the Travel by Segment icon.
Use the Start/End Design tool or keyboard shortcut to travel quickly to the
start or end of the stitching sequence. See also Quick Reference.
Use Travel by Object (Travel toolbar) to travel to the previous or next object.
Use the Travel by Object tool or keyboard shortcut to travel through the
design by object. This is useful if you need to locate a specific object to
delete it from the stitching sequence, or in order to insert another object.
Use it in conjunction with the stitch travel tools if you want to ‘nest’ an
object. See also Nesting objects.
Tip You can select a range of objects by traveling by object with Selects On
activated. See Selecting objects with Selects On for details.
To travel by object
To travel to the previous object, click the Travel by Object icon.
To travel to the next object, right-click the Travel by Object icon.
Tip You can also use keyboard shortcuts to travel through the design
by object. See also Quick Reference.
Traveling by color
Use Travel by Color (Travel toolbar) to travel to the previous or next color
change function.
Use the Travel by Color tool or keyboard shortcut to travel through the
design by color. This is useful if you need to locate a specific color change in
order to insert an object or delete it from the stitching sequence. See also
Selecting and viewing objects with the Color-Object List and Quick
Reference.
To travel by color
To travel to the previous color, click the Travel by Color icon.
To travel to the next color, right-click the Travel by Color icon.
Use the Travel by Function tool to travel through the design by machine
function. This is useful, for example, if you are looking for an extra trim that
should not be there. Note, however, that the needle point will stop at every
jump, trim, and color change. See also Quick Reference.
Tip You can use the Stitch List to help locate stitches and machine
functions for editing. See Editing stitches and functions with Stitch List
for details.
Use Slow Redraw (View menu) to view the stitching and color sequence of a design
in slow motion.
The Slow Redraw tool lets you view the stitching and color sequence of a
design in slow motion. Redrawing can be started from any stitch in the
design. Hide previously stitched parts of the design as required. With larger
designs, you can choose to scroll automatically so that the area being
stitched remains on-screen.
half-stitched
design
Adjust display
options
Go Back to Start
Pause Stop
Tip To redraw only a section of the design, travel to the point where you
want to start Slow Redraw. See Viewing the stitching sequence for
details.
2 Use the slider bar to adjust the redraw speed.
3 Select the options as required:
Hide Before: Hide all sections of the design prior to the current
cursor position.
Only areas being
redrawn are displayed,
the rest are hidden
Travel to middle of
design, then start Slow
Redraw
Note You can adjust the display color of unsewn stitches. See Changing
display colors for details.
Viewing colorways
Tip When you start a new design, Colorway 1 appears as the default color
palette. You can change it by selecting from among any number of
pre-defined colorways saved to the current template.
To view a colorway
1 Open a design.
Use the BKG button (Color toolbar) to change background color and
fabrics.
ES Designer lets you change the background color of the design window to
match the color of your fabric. Or you can select a background fabric for
more realistic previews and presentations. The background is saved with the
colorway.
Use the BKG button (Color toolbar) to change background color and
fabrics.
Select items
displayed
Edit color
Note This same dialog can be accessed from within the Open dialog in
ES Designer. See also Opening designs.
Fish
Marine animals
Hatice Onay
Tip The Summary tab provides some of the same information entered
in the Design Properties > Summary dialog in ES Designer. See
Viewing design information in ES Designer for details.
4 Click OK.
Use Design Properties (File menu) to view stitching details about a design.
You can check the software version number and other design information
through the Design Properties dialog. Stitching details are also provided.
Most of the fields cannot be modified directly except for stitch counts,
summary information, Colorways, and Elements.
This tab contains information about the design height, width, stitch
count and colors. The data is extracted from the design and, except for
stitch count, cannot be modified.
Note This tab also provides important information about the file source
– Native Design, Imported Outlines, Processed Stitches, or Imported
Stitches. See Embroidery design formats for details.
2 Click Length Calculation to revise stitch counts according to target fabric
thickness. See Estimating total thread usage for details.
3 Select the Stop Sequence tab to view the color sequence and stitch
counts for each design ‘element’.
Enter Element
name
Note There is a stitch count for each element in the design. You can
show this as a stitch count for each element or a cumulative stitch count.
See Setting other options for details.
4 Select the Summary tab to view or enter summary information about
the design.
Hatice Onay
Fish
Marine animals
5 Click a field and enter any text which will help you identify the design at
a later date.
In order to get more precise thread usage estimates, you can adjust the
fabric thickness setting to suit the target fabric.
Tip Click Save to save the revised settings to the current template.
Use Design Properties (File menu) to assign names to blocks of sequential, same
color objects.
Tip The Usage field in the Color Palette Editor shows a list of selected color
blocks which correspond to design elements. See Naming design elements
via the Color Palette Editor for details.
Enter element
names for each
color block
3 In the Element fields, enter names for each color block as required. To
do so, click the field, type the name, and press Enter.
The production worksheet is the link between the designer and the
embroidery machine operator. It contains a design preview and essential
production information, including the size of the design, color sequence and
any special instructions. See also Printing or plotting production worksheets.
production
information
Design appears
at actual size
Use Show Bitmap (Standard toolbar) to show and hide bitmap images.
Right-click to set image display options.
Use Show Vectors (Standard toolbar) to show and hide vector images.
Right-click to set image display options.
Note A design may include both bitmap images and vector images which
can be selectively turned on or off.
vector image
together with
bitmap image
Tip So you don’t accidentally move or delete the backdrop, select it and
press K on the keyboard to lock it down. See Locking and unlocking
objects for details.
Digitizing methods
This section describes how to digitize shapes manually with the available
digitizing tools. It also explains how to adjust input settings to obtain the
best results. See Digitizing Methods for details.
Note When you create an embroidery object, you can accept the default
settings for the particular tool, or apply new ones. Default settings are
stored in the design template. You can also define current properties to
influence all the objects you create in the current design. See Object
Properties, Styles and Templates for details.
Use Run (Input toolbar) to place a row of single run stitches along a digitized
line. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
Use Triple Run (Input toolbar) to place a triple row of run stitches along a
digitized line. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
Use Backstitch (Input toolbar) to place a row of backstitches along a digitized
line. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
Use Stemstitch (Input toolbar) to place a row of stemstitches along a
digitized line. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
Use Input A (Input toolbar) to create columns of varying width and stitch
angle. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
Use Input B (Input toolbar) to create asymmetrical columns of turning
stitches, where opposite sides are different shapes. Right-click to adjust
settings for new or selected objects.
Use Input C (Input toolbar) to digitize columns or borders of fixed width.
Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
Use Complex Fill (Input toolbar) to digitize filled shapes with a single stitch
angle. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
Use Fusion Fill™ (Input toolbar) to digitize filled shapes with turning stitch
angles. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
Digitizing methods divide broadly into two categories—outline and fill. Run
and Manual digitizing methods are used to digitize outlines or individual
Note Run stitch, Triple Run, Motif Run, Backstitch, and Stemstitch are
considered both digitizing methods and stitch types. Other digitizing
methods may use different fill stitch types depending on the particular
application. See also Fill and Outline Stitches.
Control points
Once you have selected a digitizing method, you digitize shapes in the same
way by marking points along an outline. ES Designer uses automatic Beziers
to create object outlines which creates objects much faster than traditional
Bezier methods. Unlike the traditional Bezier method, you do not need to
click-and-drag to create a curved line. Simply use the left mouse button for
a cusp or corner point or right mouse button for a smooth curve
point—ES Designer automatically curves the line for you.
2 2
4 4
3
3
1 6 1 5
5 6
Object is closed Object is closed
automatically automatically
The points you mark when digitizing a shape become its ‘control points’.
These are used to edit or ‘transform’ the objects. Such actions may include
reshaping, scaling, letter spacing, changing entry and exi points. You can
modify stitch angles of selected objects, including setting multiple stitch
entry point
= entry point
= exit point
= corner point
stitch angle
line = curve point
= stitch angle points
corner point exit point
Corner and curve points can be interchanged. Most control points can be
added, deleted, or moved. Entry and exit points, however, cannot be
deleted.
Tip After digitizing, you can convert between Run, Triple Run and Input C
objects, as well as between Complex Fill and Input A & B objects. See
Converting between object types for details.
Digitize individual stitches with the ‘Manual’ digitizing method. You can enter
single manual stitches, or enter three stitch layers at a time with the Triple
2 6 10
4 8
1 7 11
3 5
Use the left 9
mouse button
Tip Stitches that are too long will automatically become jump stitches,
but you can also create jumps manually by right-clicking as you digitize.
See also Using jumps as connectors.
Digitizing lines
Use the Run and Triple Run tools to digitize lines of single or triple run
stitching. Run places a single row of run stitches along a digitized line. Triple
length
1 2 3 4 5 6
Run
3 6
Triple Run 1 4
2 5
Tip ES Designer lets you convert between Run, Triple Run, Motif Run,
Backstitch, Stemstitch and Input C objects. See Converting between run
objects for details.
Use Run (Input toolbar) to place a row of single run stitches along a digitized
line. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
Use Triple Run (Input toolbar) to place a triple row of run stitches along a
digitized line. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
Use Backstitch (Input toolbar) to place a row of backstitches along a digitized
line. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
Use Stemstitch (Input toolbar) to place a row of stemstitches along a
digitized line. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
Tip Use the prompts in the prompt line to help you digitize. If you make
a mistake, press Backspace to delete the last point. Press Esc to undo
all new points. Press Esc again to exit digitizing mode.
3 Press Enter to finish digitizing the line.
Use Run (Input toolbar) to place a row of single run stitches along a digitized
line. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
Use Triple Run (Input toolbar) to place a triple row of run stitches along a
digitized line. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
For both Run and Triple Run stitches, set the stitch length to suit the
digitized shape. Where the object has tight curves, select a shorter stitch
length. To reduce the stitch count for flatter curves, increase the stitch
length.
Note These values only apply to objects created with the Run or Triple Run
tools. They do not affect travel runs, or underlay stitching.
You can change the stitch length, chord gap and number of stitch repetitions
(Triple Run only) in the Outlines tab of the Object Properties dialog. Preset
Run and Triple Run values by changing the current properties before you
digitize. See Modifying current property settings for details.
If a line has tight, sharp curves, reduce the length, for example to
1.8 mm, so that the stitches follow the line. Alternatively, activate
Variable Run Length. See Setting variable run stitch lengths for
details.
Use Run (Input toolbar) to place a row of single run stitches along a digitized
line. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
Use Triple Run (Input toolbar) to place a triple row of run stitches along a
digitized line. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
Automatically shorten stitches to follow tight curves with the Variable Run
Length option.
Chord
gap
Run
length
Note Stitches will not be reduced to less than the specified minimum
length, even if the chord gap value is exceeded.
5 Click Apply.
Use Triple Run (Input toolbar) to place a triple row of run stitches along a
digitized line. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
By default, Triple Run repeats each stitch three times. You can change the
number of repetitions used for Triple Run by changing the value in the
Object Properties dialog.
Select # repetitions
Tip ES Designer lets you convert between Run, Triple Run and Input C
objects. See Converting between run objects for details.
Digitize columns and borders of fixed width with the Input C tool. Create
objects using left and right mouse clicks to mark points to form an outline.
4
2
5 7
3
6
1
Tip Use the prompts in the prompt line to help you digitize. If you make
a mistake, press Backspace to delete the last point. Press Esc to undo
all new points. Press Esc again to exit digitizing mode.
4 When you have finished digitizing the line, either:
Press Enter to keep the last stitch and place the exit point at the last
point marked, or
Press Spacebar to omit the last stitch and place the exit point on the
opposite side of the column.
Tip To make a border, ‘close’ the shape by entering the last point exactly
on top of the first. If the points are not exactly on top of each other, the
stitches will not turn smoothly around the corner.
5 Specify the column width.
8
Digitize column width
anywhere in design
window 9
Right-click Right-click
reference points reference points
Setting offsets
By default, stitches are positioned around the center of a digitized line. Enter
an exact offset value in the Object Properties dialog. See also Creating
columns and borders.
Tip You can offset stitches by right-clicking the column-width points (rather
than left-clicking) exactly where you want the offset to be in relation to the
center line. See Creating columns and borders for details.
To set offsets
1 Right-click the Input C icon.
Select Offset
Note You only need to enter the value for one side as ES Designer
automatically calculates the other, based on the Column Width value.
4 Click Apply.
You can set the exact width of Input C columns in the Object Properties
dialog. The value you set becomes the current width for new Input C
objects.
Note You can also change the width of Input C objects by selecting the
Reshape tool, and moving the width control points. See Reshaping
embroidery objects for details.
You can control the way stitches turn at the corners of Input C objects by
changing the distance over which they turn. This distance is set by the
‘corner fraction’. The larger the fraction, the greater the distance.
Tip Round Sharp Corners is also available for Input C objects to give you
the option of sharp or round points. See Rounding sharp corners for details.
Use Input A (Input toolbar) to create columns of varying width and stitch
angle. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
Tip The Continuous Input feature provides you with a simple and efficient
way of digitizing a single Input A object comprised of separately stitched
sections. See Creating smooth joins for details.
Note ES Designer lets you convert between Complex Fill and Input A or B
objects. See Converting Input A or B to Complex Fill or Fusion Fill™ for
details.
Note The control points in a pair do not have to be the same type. For
example, one can be a corner point, the other a curve.
Tip Use the prompts in the prompt line to help you digitize. If you make
a mistake, press Backspace to delete the last point. Press Esc to undo
all new points. Press Esc again to exit digitizing mode.
4 When you have finished digitizing the column, either:
Press Enter to keep the last stitch and place the exit point at the last
point you digitized, or
finish
Tip If you are joining two columns, omit the last stitch on the first
column so that the exit point is close to the entry point of the next
column.
Use the Input B tool to digitize shapes where one side is different to the
other, especially where one side requires more points than the other.
Stitches turn evenly throughout the entire shape. See also Corresponding
object and stitch types.
Tip ES Designer lets you convert between Complex Fill and Input A or B
objects. See Converting Input A or B to Complex Fill or Fusion Fill™ for
details.
4 Press Enter.
An elastic line attaches to the pointer, ready for you to digitize the
second side of the shape.
Tip Use the prompts in the prompt line to help you digitize. If you make
a mistake, press Backspace to delete the last point. Press Esc to undo
all new points. Press Esc again to exit digitizing mode.
5 Digitize the second—i.e. bottom or right—side of the object.
9 10
Tip Stitch angles vary from tightly turning fills to parallel fills,
depending on the ends of the shape—the more ‘pointy’, the tighter the
stitch angles.
90°
Tip Use the Shaping tools to join, trim or split selected vector or
embroidery objects to make different shapes. See Shaping vector and
embroidery objects for details.
Boundaries in complex objects should not overlap or intersect each other. A
boundary should not overlap itself and should not have a second boundary
inside (hole within a hole). These shapes below, for example, cannot be
successfully digitized with Fusion Fill™ or Complex Fill.
Use Complex Fill (Input toolbar) to digitize filled shapes with a single stitch
angle. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
Tip ES Designer lets you convert between Fusion Fill™ or Complex Fill and
Input A or B objects. See Converting Input A or B to Complex Fill or Fusion
Fill™ for details.
Tip Use the prompts in the prompt line to help you digitize. If you make
a mistake, press Backspace to delete the last point. Press Esc to undo
all new points. Press Esc again to exit digitizing mode.
4 Close the shape.
8 9 4 8 9
4
5 5 7
7
6 6 10
3 10 3
ht
ig 11 2 11
2 t ra e 12 ve 12
s lin r
cu
1 Press Enter—the object is Last point marked on top of
1
closed automatically 13 first with right button
To close the shape with the same type of point as the last one
entered—i.e. corner or curve—simply press Enter.
To close the shape using a different type of point, mark the last on
top of the first and press Enter.
Tip To minimize segments and gaps in your embroidery, place the entry
and exit points opposite each other on the outside boundary. Then
define the stitch angle so it is perpendicular to the line between the
entry and exit points.
8 Define the stitch angle by marking two points.
13
14 15
12
stitch angle 1 stitch angle
1 14 direction 13 direction
9 Press Enter.
Use Fusion Fill™ (Input toolbar) to digitize filled shapes with turning stitch
angles. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
Eliminate the need to digitize multiple objects with Fusion Fill™. This tool
allows you to create a single complex object with multiple stitch angles and
even holes. It is best used with designs containing complicated, turning
Tip ES Designer lets you convert between Fusion Fill™ or Complex Fill and
Input A or B objects. See Converting Input A or B to Complex Fill or Fusion
Fill™ for details.
Tip Use the prompts in the prompt line to help you digitize. If you make
a mistake, press Backspace to delete the last point. Press Esc to undo
all new points. Press Esc again to exit digitizing mode.
4 Close the shape.
8 9 4 8 9
4
5 5 7
7
6 6 10
3 10 3
ht
ig 11 2 11
2 ra ve 12
st line 12 r
cu
1 Press Enter—the object is Last point marked on top of
1
closed automatically 13 first with right button
To close the shape with the same type of point as the last one
entered—i.e. corner or curve—simply press Enter.
Tip To minimize segments and gaps in your embroidery, place the entry
and exit points opposite each other on the outside boundary. Then
define one of the stitch angles so it is perpendicular to the line between
the entry and exit points.
8 Define the stitch angles by marking two points for each angle.
13
14 15
12
stitch angle 1 stitch angle
1 14 direction 13 direction
9 Press Enter.
Adding boundaries
Use Complex Fill (Input toolbar) to digitize filled shapes with a single stitch
angle. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
Use Fusion Fill™ (Input toolbar) to digitize filled shapes with turning stitch
angles. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
Tip You can also create new objects from existing boundaries using the
Filled Holes feature. Alternatively, you can use other objects to cut holes.
See Filling holes in objects and Removing underlying stitching for details.
To add boundaries
1 Select the object to modify.
2 Click the Complex Fill or Fusion Fill™ icon.
Points display around the object outline.
3 Digitize additional boundaries making sure they do not overlap. Press
Enter each time.
Tip Use the prompts in the prompt line to help you digitize. If you make
a mistake, press Backspace to delete the last point. Press Esc to undo
all new points. Press Esc again to exit digitizing mode.
4 When you have digitized all additional boundaries, press Enter again.
5 When prompted, enter a new entry point, exit point and stitch angle for
the object.
Tip To use the current settings, press Enter to bypass each option.
6 Press Enter.
Use Complex Fill (Input toolbar) to digitize filled shapes with a single stitch
angle. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
Use Fusion Fill™ (Input toolbar) to digitize filled shapes with turning stitch
angles. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
You can change the stitch angle of Complex Fill objects using object
properties. By definition, Fusion Fill™ objects contain multiple stitch angles.
However, they also have a property called the ‘nominal angle’. This has two
functions. First, if a Fusion Fill™ object fails to stitch correctly—for instance,
if the stitch angles are irreconcilable—it will revert to parallel stitching in the
direction of the nominal angle. Second, the nominal angle affects certain
underlay styles. See also Strengthening and stabilizing with automatic
underlays.
Tip You can adjust the stitch angle of Complex Fill and Fusion Fill™ objects
interactively using the Stitch Angles tool. See Adjusting stitch angles for
details.
Adjust stitch
angle
3 In the Angle or Nominal Angle field, enter the required stitch angle and
click Apply.
Note The ‘nominal angle’ in a Fusion Fill™ object only takes effect if
multiple stitch angles are irreconcilable—it then reverts to parallel
stitching in the direction of the nominal angle. The nominal angle also
affects certain underlay styles.
Use Complex Fill (Input toolbar) to digitize filled shapes with a single stitch
angle. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
Use Fusion Fill™ (Input toolbar) to digitize filled shapes with turning stitch
angles. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
Where segments within an object meet, the push-pull effect on the fabric
during stitching may cause gaps to appear. These gaps can be prevented by
adding overlapping rows. An overlap of ‘1 row’ means no real overlap. An
overlap of ‘2 rows’ means that the first segment is extended by the addition
of one extra row of stitches. And so on. With Fusion Fill™ objects you can
also adjust the stitch angle where segments join. Normally, when you create
an overlap, it is formed by continuing the two sides of a segment in the
direction of their endpoints. This becomes a problem if either side is parallel,
Enter required
number of rows
overlapping
rows
3 For Fusion Fill™ objects, you can also adjust the stitch angle where
segments join. In the Overlap Taper Angle field, enter the required
angle.
Use Fusion Fill™ (Input toolbar) to digitize filled shapes with turning stitch
angles. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.
When dealing with complex shapes with multiple segments, you may want
to keep travel runs away from the boundary of the filled shape for various
reasons. If, for instance, you are using Jagged Edge effect, the travel might
become visible through the shortened stitches. For this reason, you can
specify a margin for the travel stitches. As you increase the travel margin,
the travels are positioned more towards the center. Where the filled area
becomes very narrow, however, travel stitches do not necessarily remain at
the specified distance from the boundary.
4 Click Apply.
The most important property of all embroidery objects is the stitch type. The
software uses object outlines and associated stitch type to generate
stitches. Whenever you reshape, transform or scale an object, stitches are
regenerated according to its stitch type and settings.
Stitch types divide broadly into two categories—outline and fill. Satin fills
are generally suited to columns and borders. Tatami stitch is used to fill
larger shapes with solid fields of stitching. Run/Triple Run stitch, Motif Run,
Backstitch, and Stemstitch are considered both digitizing methods and
stitch types. Both Zigzag and E Stitch are used as outline stitches. Zigzag is
frequently used for tacking down appliqués, while E Stitch is used as the
cover stitch. Both can also be used for decorative effect. See also Digitizing
Methods.
This section explains how to apply fill and outline stitch types to your
embroidery objects, as well as how change stitch settings to obtain the best
results.
Use Satin (Stitch Types toolbar) for narrow columns and shapes.
Use Zigzag (Stitch Types toolbar) for long, narrow columns of slanted,
side-by-side stitches in a zigzag pattern.
Use E Stitch (Stitch Types toolbar) for a ‘comb’ effect with long, narrow
columns.
Different stitch types are suited to different objects. When you digitize an
object, it uses the current stitch type for the selected input method.
However, you can change an object’s stitch type at any stage. You can also
preset the stitch type by selecting it as ‘current’ before digitizing. See
Modifying current property settings for details. See also Corresponding
object and stitch types.
Tip You can change between fill stitch types quickly using the buttons on
the Stitch Types toolbar, or using the keyboard to switch between fill and
outline stitching. See Selecting commands from toolbars and Switching
between fill and outline digitizing methods for details.
Use Satin (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply Satin stitch to new or selected
narrow columns and shapes. Right-click to adjust Satin settings.
Satin stitch is well-suited to stitching narrow columns and shapes, where the
length of each stitch forms the width of the column. Satin stitches are
If a column is too wide, stitches may be loose and not cover the fabric
properly. Conversely, in very narrow columns, the stitch density can be too
high, and the needle penetrations can damage the fabric. Adjust stitch
density by setting a fixed spacing value, or let Auto Spacing calculate the
spacing for you. Auto Spacing automatically adjusts the stitch spacing
wherever the column changes width.
Tip The Auto Split and Auto Jump features help you to control long Satin
stitches. See Splitting long stitches with Auto Split and Preserving long
stitches with Auto Jump for details.
Change the stitch density in Satin fills by adjusting the stitch spacing setting
in the Object Properties dialog. The larger the spacing between stitches,
the lower the density. The smaller the spacing, the higher the density.
Note If Auto Spacing is selected, the fixed stitch spacing setting is not
used. See Applying Auto Spacing to Satin stitch for details.
3 In the Stitch Spacing field, enter the spacing.
To increase stitch density, enter a smaller value.
To reduce the density for more open stitching, enter a larger value.
4 If you want to control long Satin stitch, select the Auto Split checkbox
and specify the Auto Split Length and Auto Split Minimum Stitch
values.
See Splitting long stitches with Auto Split and Preserving long stitches
with Auto Jump for details.
5 Click Apply.
The Auto Spacing option adjusts stitch spacing for Satin stitches according
to column width. For varying width objects, Auto Spacing changes spacing
to the best density for the width. See also Adjusting stitch density.
Note For even more precise results, you can adjust Auto Spacing
settings. See Adjusting Auto Spacing settings for details.
Adjust Auto Spacing settings to get the exact results you want. You can
specify how rapidly spacing changes, and by how much, by changing the
stitch length and spacing settings. You can also specify spacing offsets to
automatically adjust spacing for different thread types.
Tip Take a note of the default settings before you start. You will usually
want to save modified settings to a template. See Working with design
templates for details.
spacing 2
spacing 1
length 2
length 1
Warning If you want to restore the default settings and have not kept a
record of them, use the Revert utility in the Wilcom ES folder to revert to
factory settings.
Enter spacing
Adjust stitch
offsets for each
length values
thread type
Adjust spacing
values
Note You assign the thread type in the Add Thread dialog. Stitch
spacing of the assigned thread type is automatically adjusted according
to the values set here. See Adding your own colors to thread charts for
details.
5 Click OK in the Auto Spacing dialog.
6 Click Apply.
Tip If you change your mind, click Reset to revert to the factory default
settings.
Right-click Satin (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust the Satin stitch count.
Tip When you increase the Satin stitch count, you should also increase
the stitch spacing to avoid bunching of stitches and thread breaks. See
Adjusting Satin stitch spacing for details.
Click Tatami (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply Tatami stitch to new or selected
large, irregular shapes. Right-click to adjust Tatami settings.
Tatami stitch consists of rows of run stitches and is suitable for filling large,
irregular shapes. Stitches are laid in rows going back and forth across the
shape. Stitch offsets in each row are used to eliminate horizontal split lines.
See also Corresponding object and stitch types.
Right-click Tatami (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust Tatami spacing and length.
row spacing
offset fraction
stitch length
row direction
Tip Sometimes you may want to increase row spacing to create open
stitching. This is often useful for backgrounds. However, this also means
that travel runs, spacing variations and overlapping rows between segments
are visible and can spoil the effect. The Trapunto effect automatically moves
underlying travel runs to the edges of an object so that they can’t be seen.
See Creating open stitching with Trapunto for details.
4 In the Min Stitch Length field, enter the length of the shortest stitch to
be generated.
5 Click Apply.
Tatami backstitch is the term used for every second row of stitches in a
Tatami fill. There are three types available—Standard, Borderline, and
Diagonal.
Standard backstitch
The rows are approximately parallel, with every backstitch row slightly
shorter than the forward row. Because the rows are different lengths, there
are fewer small stitches at the edge of the shape, reducing possible damage
to the fabric. Standard backstitch is suitable for high density fills.
Borderline backstitch
The rows are approximately parallel. With lower density fills, borderline
backstitch creates a smooth, well-defined edge. Borderline backstitch is also
called Trapunto style. See Creating open stitching with Trapunto for details.
minimum stitch
stitch spacing
connecting stitches
connecting stitches follow the boundary
are adjusted
Diagonal backstitch
The backward rows are diagonal, directly connecting the forward rows.
Diagonal backstitch is suitable for turning shapes, and gives good results
with Jagged Edge. See Creating jagged edges for details.
Click Zigzag (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply Zigzag stitch to new or selected
objects. Right-click to adjust Zigzag settings.
Zigzag stitch is similar to Satin in that the needle penetrates each side of
the column. But while Satin gives a straight line followed by a diagonal,
Zigzag produces two diagonal lines, thereby producing a more open stitch.
Zigzag is frequently used for tacking down appliqués, while E Stitch is used
Tip Zigzag and Double Zigzag stitches are frequently used as underlays.
See Adjusting Center Run and Edge Run underlay settings for details.
3 Click Apply.
Click E Stitch (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply E Stitch stitch to new or selected
objects. Right-click to adjust E Stitch settings.
3 runs
4 Click Apply.
Digitizing methods divide broadly into two categories—outline and fill. Run
and Manual digitizing methods are used to digitize outlines or individual
stitches. Run stitch, Triple Run, Motif Run, Backstitch, and Stemstitch are
considered both digitizing methods and stitch types. See also Digitizing lines
and Creating motif runs.
For thicker, decorative lines, use Backstitch or Stemstitch. Backstitch is an
older-style, adaptable stitch which can be used for delicate outlines. This
stitch follows intricate curves well. Stemstitch is thicker and can be used to
mimic hand-sewn embroidery. It is used for stems and vines with other
decorative stitches, or as an outline for Satin or Motif fills.
Adjust Backstitch settings to get the exact results you want. You can specify
the exact stitch length, chord gap, thickness and overlap values as well as
the number of strokes.
3 Adjust the Chord Gap setting as required. See Setting variable run
stitch lengths for details.
4 Adjust stitch thickness in the Thickness field.
Needle penetrations are spaced more widely for thicker stitches.
Strokes: 3 Strokes: 5
7 Click Apply.
8 Digitize Backstitch outlines as you would a Run stitch outline. See
Creating stitch runs for details.
Adjust Stemstitch settings to get the exact results you want. You can specify
the exact stitch and line thickness, spacing and overlap values as well as the
number of strokes.
Note For Triple only, you can also adjust stitch thickness in the Stitch
Thickness field. Needle penetrations are spaced more widely for thicker
stitches.
6 Click Apply.
7 Digitize Stemstitch outlines as you would a Run stitch outline. See
Creating stitch runs for details.
When digitizing, you select thread colors for each object you create from the
color palette. This contains a selection of thread colors tailored for each
design or color scheme. The particular ‘colorway’ represents the actual
thread colors in which a design will be stitched. In fact you can define
multiple color schemes and switch between them. This has important
implications for sales presentations as well as production. You can also print
multiple colorways, design backgrounds, and icons of color blocks together
with the production worksheet.
For each colorway you define, you can select colors from commercial thread
charts or define your own. Search for particular threads by specific code.
Automatic thread color helps you locate thread colors based on closest
match across one or several thread charts. You can also match thread colors
from imported graphics—vector or bitmap.
This section describes how to select colors from the color palette as well as
how to change colorways. It also explains how to define, modify and delete
colorways. There is also an explanation of how to define your own thread
colors and charts.
Note Color change machine functions are automatically inserted when you
assign a color.
Selecting colors
When you digitize a new object, it automatically takes the color selected in
the color palette. This is the ‘current’ color. Change the color of one or more
selected objects in your design at any time.
Tip If the color palette itself does not appear, you need to select it from the
Toolbars dialog. See Showing or hiding toolbars for details.
To select a color
Deselect all objects, and then select a color from the palette.
Edit background Split palette color
Select color Edit color palette
Note While the selected object/s change color, the ‘current’ color does
not change.
Select Set Color (Machine menu) to change the color of consecutive objects.
You can change the color of consecutive objects of the same color at the
same time. Consecutive objects follow each other in the stitching sequence.
See also Selecting and viewing objects with the Color-Object List.
blue blue
green
Change color of
consecutive objects
Select color
Note If you selected more than one object, this option is not available.
4 Select a color from the list.
Only colors in the colorway are available.
red
red
green
When you start a design, Colorway 1 appears as the default color palette.
Colorways are saved automatically with the design when saving in EMB
format. You can save all your colorways as an EMT template file for use in
future designs. Colorways cannot, however, be saved with stitch files. See
also Viewing colorways and Working with design templates.
Use Add Color To Palette (Color toolbar) to add a new color slot to the
palette. This can be edited by means of the Color Palette Editor.
Use Color Palette Editor (Color toolbar) to assign thread colors to slots in the
Color Palette.
Use Compact Palette (Color toolbar) to remove all unused colors from
palette. Unused slots appear gray.
When you create a new design, it includes a single default colorway called
‘Colorway 1’. This contains 15 default colors, unassigned to any thread
chart. The Color Palette Editor displays the same default colors. Add extra
color slots as required.
Tip If you using artwork as a backdrop, you can match image colors
directly to the nearest matching threads in selected thread charts. See
Matching image colors to threads for details.
2 Click the Add Color To Palette icon to add further color slots as
required.
3 Click the Color Palette Editor icon.
The Color Palette Editor dialog opens displaying the same default
colors.
4 Click the Thread Charts button.
Select tread
chart/s to use
5 Select the thread chart/s you want to use and click OK.
All color definitions from the selected chart/s are transferred to the Color
Palette Editor.
Click to select
thread chart/s Click Match to match
selected color
Default
colors
6 Select a color slot in the Color Palette Editor and match it to a suitable
thread by one of the following means:
Simply click the Match button at the top of the color list to find the
nearest equivalent thread color in the selected charts.
Enter an exact color code in the Find Code field.
Click-and-drag the selection handle and scroll down the color list to
locate a color you want to use.
Click the arrow buttons on top and at the bottom of the color list.
Tip Once all colors are assigned to objects, you can click the Compact
Palette icon to display only those colors used in the design. See also
Naming design elements via the Color Palette Editor.
Note The Compact Palette tool is disabled for machine formats that use
needle addressing—i.e. that have Color Change set as Needle No in the
Machine Format Values dialog. See also Setting color change functions.
Colorway 1
Click to add new
colorways
Colorway 1
Click to choose My Colorway
colorway
4 Edit the colors and background of the new colorway using the Color
Palette Editor. See Modifying colorways for details.
5 Select a colorway in the list to view.
This has the same effect as selecting the colorway from the dropdown
list on the Color toolbar.
6 To delete a colorway, select it and click Delete.
You are prompted to confirm the deletion.
7 Click OK.
Modifying colorways
You can modify a colorway by adding or changing colors. New colors can be
selected from any of the available thread charts. Any modifications to thread
Note The default settings are stored as Colorway 1. If you change the
background in Colorway 1 and save your template, it will always display like
this at start up. All defined colorways are saved in the template.
To modify a colorway
1 With a design open, click the Multi-Colorway Box icon.
The Multi-Colorway Box dialog opens.
Colorway 1
Select colorway My Colorway
to edit
7 Assign colors from the current thread chart to selected color slots. See
Setting up color palettes for details.
Tip Once all colors are assigned to objects, you can click the Compact
Palette icon to display only those colors used in the design. See also
Naming design elements via the Color Palette Editor.
Use Color Palette Editor (Color toolbar) to modify threads in existing charts.
Click to assign
new color to slot
Click to edit
selected thread
2 Import threads from the thread chart of your choice. See Setting up
color palettes for details.
3 Select the color slot you want to edit and click the Edit Thread button.
The Edit Thread dialog opens.
Click to select
or mix color
Edit thread
details
4 Edit thread details as required. See Adding your own colors to thread
charts for details.
5 Click OK.
Tip You can also name design elements via the Design Properties dialog.
See Naming design elements via Design Properties for details.
Enter descriptive
1 - Clouds
name for selected
color Click and hold to locate selected color
Tip When more than one element appears in the Usage list, you can
select and locate them singly or as a group.
4 To name the design element, double-click the Usage field and key in a
descriptive title—e.g. ‘Clouds’.
5 To check the naming of all design elements, select File > Design
Properties.
The Design Properties > Information dialog opens.
6 Select the Stop Sequence tab to view the color sequence and stitch
counts for each design ‘element’.
The data in this tab is extracted from the design and, except for
Element, cannot be modified.
Click to edit
design elements
Tip You can show the stitch count for each element individually or as a
cumulative count. See Setting other options for details.
Note The design needs to contain at least two colorways and two objects.
The button is disabled when objects of different colors are selected.
Select colorway
to edit
Select objects
to change
5 Assign a new thread color to the new color slot in the selected colorway.
See Setting up color palettes for details.
The colors of the other colorways remain unaffected.
Consecutive
blocks of same
color remain
separate
Right-click the image and select the Match Bitmap Color command to match image
colors to actual threads.
You can manually match colors from an inserted bitmap or vector image to
thread colors in a selected chart. But the quicker way is by using automatic
color matching.
Select color
to match
Click to
assign
Select thread
Matched chart
colors listed
Click to
match
3 Select the thread chart/s to include in the search from the Thread
Charts list.
Note The maximum number of new thread colors which can be added
to the color palette from a bitmap is 128.
Use Color Palette Editor (Color toolbar) to create new thread charts.
ES Designer lets you define your own thread charts. When you create a
thread chart, you are creating a store of colors to use in future use.
Click to select
thread chart/s
Click to modify
thread charts
2 Click the Thread Charts button.
The Active Thread Charts dialog opens.
3 Click Modify.
The Modify Thread Chart dialog opens displaying the current thread
chart.
Click to copy
threads from
other chart
6 Click Add to add your own colors. See Adding your own colors to thread
charts for details.
7 Click Copy From to add colors from an existing chart. See Copying colors
between charts for details.
8 Click Close to finish.
The new chart is created and ready for use.
Use the Modify Thread Chart dialog to rename existing thread charts and
remove them entirely from the system. Select names that will help you
remember the charts you need or to help you sort frequently-used charts to
the top of the list.
Select
thread chart
Click to modify
selected thread chart
6 Enter the new name for the thread chart and click OK.
Select
thread chart
Select color
to modify Click to remove
selected thread color
Click to edit selected
thread details
Tip To delete all the threads from the thread chart, click Clear All.
6 Click Edit to change thread details.
Click to select
or mix color
Edit thread
details
7 Edit thread details as required. See Adding your own colors to thread
charts for details.
8 Click OK.
You can copy colors between different thread charts to create your own
charts from existing colors.
Click to copy
threads from
other chart
2 Create a new chart or open an existing one from the Name list.
3 Click Copy From.
Select
thread chart
Select color
to copy
You can add colors to thread charts using colors from other charts or colors
you mix yourself.
Click to add
own colors to
thread chart
2 Create a new chart or open an existing one from the Name list.
3 Click Add to add your own colors.
The Add Thread dialog opens.
Click to select
or mix color
Enter code,
1234
brand, and
description details My Brand
Deep Purple
Select thread
thickness
4 Enter code, brand, and description details for the new thread color.
Code is the identification number of a thread color in a brand.
5 Select the appropriate thread thickness.
Thickness A: normal embroidery thread (thickness 120/2, or 40).
Thickness B: thicker than normal.
Thickness C: finer than normal.
Thickness D: very fine.
Note This setting determines the Auto Spacing setting used with the
thread. See also Applying Auto Spacing to Satin stitch.
6 Mix the thread display color. See Mixing your own thread colors for
details.
You can change the color that displays for a particular thread, or create new
thread colors using the Color dialog.
Drag crosshairs to
adjust color
3 From the Basic colors palette, select a color that approximates the one
you require.
4 To further refine your color choice, drag the crosshairs on the color
spectrum.
5 To adjust color brightness, drag the arrow on the slider bar.
Alternatively, set the exact HLS or RGB values you require.
6 Click Add to Custom Colors to add mixed color to Custom Colors palette
for future use.
Warning For Schiffli work, you are advised to add connectors manually
rather than rely on the automatic settings. Automatic connectors are turned
off in the Schiffli template. See Adding connectors manually for details.
This section describes how to add connectors, tie-offs and trims to your
designs. It also describes adjusting settings for automatic connectors,
including the stitch length for travel runs. There is also a topic on hiding
travel runs using the Trapunto effect.
Note You can set separate connector settings for Auto Start and End. See
Setting automatic start and end points for details.
Types of connectors
The type of connector you use depends on whether you want it to be visible
in the final design. The default connector setting in ES Designer is for jumps.
Jumps
Jumps move the frame from one part of the design to another without
needle penetrations. You can use automatic jumps as connectors between
embroidery objects. The connecting thread generally needs to be tied-off
Tip You can also digitize jumps manually using the Penetrations function
or with Manual stitch. See Adding jumps with penetrations off and Digitizing
individual stitches for details.
Runs
Travel runs are typically used to connect segments of complex shapes. They
can also connect adjacent objects. Because runs are not trimmed, they may
be visible in the final embroidery. For this reason, they are less commonly
used as connectors between objects than jumps. If objects are adjacent and
connectors will be hidden, they can be used. You can change the stitch
length of travel runs to ensure they do not protrude from the cover stitching.
You may also adjust the travel run length to reduce the stitch count. See
also Adjusting travel run stitch length.
Note While you can control the properties of run connectors between
objects, you generally cannot control connectors within objects. Lettering
and motif run objects are the exception.
Tie-ins
Tie-in stitches are inserted at the start of objects to prevent stitches from
unraveling. They are inserted inside the shape on the second stitch. You
generally use them when the previous connector is trimmed.
Tie-offs
Tie-offs are generally placed before trims to prevent stitches from
unraveling. You can adjust connector settings to automatically add tie-offs
under certain conditions, or add them manually. You can also include trim
functions so machines with trimmers cut the thread automatically.
Trims
If you are using a machine with an automatic trimmer, the trim function
causes the thread to be cut after a tie-off. In the software, trims are
represented by a triangle with a small circle at the point where stitching
connector
stitching starts
trim
Tip If you prefer to add tie-offs and trims as you digitize, you can turn off
automatic connectors altogether. For Schiffli work, you are advised to add
connectors manually rather than rely on the automatic settings. Automatic
connectors are turned off in the Schiffli template. See Adding connectors
manually for details.
Note The Branching feature lets you digitize like-objects—e.g. the fingers
of a hand—without having to think about the most efficient stitching
sequence and joins. See Automatic branching for details.
You can also digitize jumps manually using the Penetrations function. See
Adding jumps with penetrations off for details.
Adjust Trim
After settings
Adjust tie-in /
tie-off settings
You can use runs of single stitches to connect objects in a design. Because
runs cannot be trimmed, they are visible on the final embroidery, unless
another object is digitized to cover them. For this reason, runs are less
commonly used as connectors than jumps.
Run Jump
connectors connectors
Adjust tie-in
settings
Note This option does not apply to segments within an object. See also
Adjusting travel run stitch length.
4 Select Run and enter a length for the connecting run stitches.
The Tie Off and Trim After options are disabled as they do not apply to
travel runs.
5 Select Tie In from the list to adjust tie-in settings. See Adjusting
automatic tie-in settings for details.
6 Click Apply.
Adjust tie-in
settings
With trims, stitches need to be tied off so the thread can be trimmed without
unraveling. Select between two automatic tie-off methods.
Adjust tie-off
settings
You can choose to turn off automatic trimming, to always trim connecting
stitches, or to trim only when the connecting stitch is longer than a specified
value.
Tip Usually, connectors shorter than 3 mm are not visible on the final
embroidery. You may sometimes require a smaller value—e.g. if the
thread color contrasts with the background color.
4 Click Apply.
Note If you want to add all the tie-offs and trims yourself, turn off
automatic features in the Object Properties > Connectors dialog. See
Using automatic connectors for details.
Adding tie-offs
Tip You can also insert machine functions manually using the Insert
Machine Function dialog. See Inserting machine functions manually for
details.
To add a tie-off
1 Travel to the object you want to tie-off. See Traveling by object for
details.
2 Click the Tie-off icon.
A Tie-off function is inserted.
Tie-off
function start
Tie-off
function end
The default number of tie-off stitches is two. This means the needle
backtracks twice and returns at the insertion point. Adjust this value in
the Object Properties > Connectors dialog. See Adjusting automatic
tie-off settings for details.
Note Generally you will follow a tie-off with a trim. See Adding trims for
details.
Adding trims
You can add trims in your design, using the Trim tool. When you add a trim
in this way, the trim function is added to the current stitch. Some machines
Tip Make sure that all stitches you trim have been tied in and tied off,
otherwise the stitches will not be secured.
To add a trim
1 Travel to the needle position where you want to trim the thread. See
Traveling by stitches for details.
2 Click the Trim icon.
A trim function is inserted at the current needle position.
tie-in symbol
trim symbol
Tip You can also insert machine functions manually using the Insert
Machine Function dialog. See Inserting machine functions manually for
details.
Tip You can also insert machine functions manually using the Insert
Machine Function dialog. See Inserting machine functions manually for
details.
Tip Increase stitch length to reduce the stitch count. Travel Run
automatically varies the stitch length on tight curves.
4 Click Apply.
Selecting underlays
To select underlays
1 Right-click the Auto Underlay icon.
The Object Properties > Underlay dialog opens.
Right-click Auto Underlay (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust Center Run and
Edge Run underlay settings.
Center Run places a row of stitches along the center of a column. It is used
to stabilize narrow columns—e.g. 2-3 mm wide. Edge Run places stitches
around the edge of an object. Use Edge Run together with the Zigzag or
Tatami underlays when digitizing large shapes.
Note You cannot use Center Run with Complex Fill objects.
Adjust the stitch length for Center Run and Edge Run underlays to ensure
the underlay stitches follow the shape of curves and are not visible in the
final embroidery. Set a specific run stitch length, or use a variable stitch
length calculated by ES Designer. If you use a variable length, enter a chord
gap value to control how closely the stitches follow the digitized lines. The
chord gap is the distance between the digitized curve and the underlay
stitch. See also Setting variable run stitch lengths.
Note Stitch settings for Center and Edge Run underlays are stored
separately from and do not affect Run and Triple Run objects.
Adjust underlay
margins
2 Select the first and second (as required) Underlay checkbox and select
Center Run or Edge Run as the First or Second underlay type.
3 Enter the required length values for each underlay type:
Length: Sets the maximum length of each stitch.
Vary Run Length: If enabled, specify minimum stitch length and
Chord Gap values as required. See Setting variable run stitch
lengths for details.
Edge Run and Center Run underlay Edge Run and Center Run underlay
with 2.5 mm stitch length with variable run length
4 Click Apply.
Right-click Auto Underlay (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust Zigzag and Double
Zigzag underlay settings.
You can set spacing and stitch length properties for Zigzag and Double
Zigzag underlay.
Note Zigzag underlay stitch settings are stored separately from, and do not
affect, zigzag cover stitch settings.
2 Select the first and second (if required) Underlay checkbox and select
Zigzag or Double Zigzag as the First or Second underlay type.
3 Enter the required spacing and length for each underlay type:
Spacing: Sets the required distance between two needle
penetrations on the same side of the column.
4 Click Apply.
direction of cover
stitching
Change stitch spacing and length settings for Tatami underlay in the same
way as for Tatami fill stitches. Select the backstitch type you require and,
for Complex Fill objects, set the angle of the underlay stitches.
Note Tatami underlay stitch settings are stored separately from, and do not
affect, Tatami cover stitch settings.
Select 1st
underlay
Select Tatami
Adjust Tatami
underlay values
Adjust underlay
margins
Spacing: 3mm
Spacing: 2mm
4 For Complex Fill objects, you can also set the stitch angle for Tatami
underlays.
Angle: 45º
Angle: 135º
The underlay margin is the distance between an object outline and the edge
of the underlay. Increase this margin to prevent underlay stitches from
extending outside the cover stitches.
underlay margin
For Complex Fill objects, you can enter a single margin value which is used
for all edges in the shape. For objects created with the Input A, Input B,
Input C or Lettering tools, you can set three different margins—one for the
sides of the column and one for each end.
Tip If you are joining two columns, use a negative value at the joining
end. The underlay will extend outside the cover stitching, allowing for
smooth joining of the columns.
3 Click Apply.
Normally underlay is applied to all segments before the cover stitches are
sewn. With Fusion Fill™ objects, however, underlay can be applied by
segment. This means that underlay and cover stitch are stitched segment
by segment.
Select By Or select By
Segment Segment for the
2nd underlay only
Digitized outline
Calculated outline
Pull compensation
Tip Applying underlay stitching, and using appropriate backing and topping
when stitching out can also reduce the push-pull effect.
T-shirt 0.35
4 Click Apply.
The Column Width setting adjusts the width of columnar shapes, allowing
you to change the column width at every point by a constant amount in the
direction of stitching. The purpose is to ‘fatten’ or ‘thin’ a column, for
example, in order to create ‘bold’ lettering. See also Making bold lettering.
Tip Reduce column width if you need to allow the underlay to extend
outside the object boundary.
4 Click Apply.
Use Reverse Curves (Image menu) to reverse stitch direction in vector or closed
embroidery objects.
Note Only closed vector and embroidery objects such as Input C can be
reversed. The effect on vector objects will not be visible, convert them to
embroidery objects first.
Reverse Curve
applied
Use Input A (Input toolbar) together with Continuous Input to create single
objects comprising separately stitched sections.
Note Continuous Input applies only to Input A. The objects so created can
be deleted or edited using standard reshape tools.
Select a continuous
input style
Second section
‘smooth joined’ to
first—two sections
become a single
First section created object
Second section
‘smooth joined’ to
first—two sections
become separate
objects
First section created
3 Click OK.
4 Digitize the Input A object. See Digitizing columns of varying width for
details.
When you press Enter, the digitized object fills with stitches. The input
tool is still active.
5 If you are using Continuous Add mode, you can select another stitch
type at this point.
Tip To stop the screen scrolling while moving the mouse, hold down
Shift and click the stitch type button you require.
6 Recommence digitizing where you left off and press Enter when you have
finished.
The new section fills with stitches and joins to the previous one. If you
are using Continuous Add mode, the new section actually comprises a
new object. This means that, while the two sections (objects) are
smoothly joined, they can have quite different property settings.
7 To start a new object without joining to the previous object, click the
Input A icon again.
shortened stitches
Stitch shortening reduces the length of some stitches in sharp turns so that
the needle penetrations are distributed evenly, creating smoother stitching.
Default shortening settings are set to suit most designs. However, advanced
users can adjust the way ES Designer shortens stitches by setting precise
shortening settings.
Note Only change these settings if you understand how stitch shortening
is calculated.
Select Shortening
Adjust shortening
settings
Access further
settings
Randomize
shortening pattern
Note A value of 80% means that the stitch is shortened to 80% of the
original length, not by 80%. The smaller the percentage, the shorter the
stitch.
If you allow three short stitches, you need only fill in the first three rows.
If you allow five short stitches, fill in all five rows.
If only one short stitch is generated between normal stitches, the value
in Row 1 will apply. If two consecutive short stitches are generated, the
values in Row 2 will apply to 1st and 2nd stitch respectively. And so on
up the scale.
Tip For best results use a jagged pattern between consecutive stitches.
7 Click Apply.
Tip Stitch shortening provides another way of reducing stitch bunching. See
Reducing stitch bunching with stitch shortening for details.
Apply fractional spacing to curved shapes to even out the stitch density
along the outside and inside edges. Fractional spacing is particularly useful
for columns of Satin stitches with sharp turns.
Tip For best results, combine stitch shortening and fractional spacing
effects.
Fractional stitch spacing calculates the spacing at some point between the
outside and inside edges of the shape. This point is called the offset fraction.
The offset fraction is entered as a fraction of the column width, where the
outside edge is 0.00, and the inside edge is 1.00.
Use Smart Corners (Stitch Types toolbar) to control the stitching out of sharp
corners in Input A and Input C objects. Right-click to adjust settings.
Apply Smart Corners to reduce the number of stitches and the risk of
bunched, distorted embroidery, in sharp corners.
Note You can also apply Smart Corners in Input C objects in conjunction
with sharp corner rounding. See Rounding sharp corners for details.
Click again to turn off the effect.
You can set the angles at which Mitre Corners and Cap Corners will be
applied, and specify the overlap and stitch length allowances.
Note You can use Mitre Corner and Cap Corner options together. For
example, you may wish a corner with an angle less than 75° to be mitred,
but sharp corners of less than 45° to be capped.
If Mitre Corners are also selected, then the cap angle is usually
smaller than the mitre angle.
capping capping
overlap: 1 overlap: 3
Select Round
Sharp Corners
Use Process (Generate toolbar) to adjust stitch density of and/or scale the
whole or selected parts of a design.
The Process tool lets you adjust the overall stitch density across the whole
or selected parts of a design in order to achieve a target number of stitches.
You can adjust density as a percentage to avoid calculating the absolute
stitch spacing and length values for each stitch type.
Enter target
stitch count
Adjust Pull
Compensation
3 In the Stitch Values panel, enter the number of Target Stitches either
as a percentage or absolute value.
This value sets how much the density of each stitch type needs to
change to achieve the target stitch count. The spacing and length
settings for each stitch type automatically adjust according to the new
overall density setting.
4 In the Pull Compensation field, enter the amount by which to
overstitch (or understitch) in order to compensate for fabric pull.
If the design was originally created in ES Designer, or has been
converted to EMB format, enter a pull compensation value which will be
applied to all objects in the design. See also Compensating for fabric
stretch.
Note Like the Object Properties dialog, the Process dialog lets you
specify design dimensions precisely.
The Process tool lets you adjust the density of one or more stitch types
across the whole or selected parts of a design. You do not have to select
objects individually, and you can change density as a percentage. Even if the
selection includes objects created with different stitch types, you can
change the density of only one type. For example, you can select the whole
design, then change the density of all Satin objects. The changes are
reflected in the properties of the individual objects.
Select Auto
Spacing
Adjust stitch
densities
Adjust Pull
Compensation
3 In the Stitch Values panel, adjust the density for each stitch type as
required.
You can select the new spacing or length as a percentage of the
original—from 10% to 1000%—or as an absolute value (in millimeters).
Note If you do not want to change the density of a certain stitch type,
leave it as 100%.
4 Select the checkbox if you want to use Auto Spacing for Satin stitching.
If the checkbox is cleared, Auto Spacing will be removed from all Satin
elements of the design which will change to fixed spacing. If the
checkbox is dimmed, the original Auto Spacing values are retained. See
also Applying Auto Spacing to Satin stitch.
5 In the Pull Compensation field, enter the amount by which to
overstitch (or understitch) in order to compensate for fabric pull.
Program Split
Tatami stitches Tatami stitch spacing reduced Program Split stitch spacing
(density increased) reduced (density increased)
6 Click Apply.
Note Like the Object Properties dialog, the Process dialog lets you
specify design dimensions precisely.
Use Small Stitches (Stitch menu) to remove unwanted small stitches automatically.
Very small stitches can damage the fabric and cause thread or needle
breakage. Before you stitch out a design, you can remove unwanted small
stitches automatically. See also Filtering stitches by stitch length.
Tip If the new value is smaller than the previous value, regenerate
stitches for the object before you stitch out. Check the Status bar for
the new stitch count.
Use Auto Start and End (Generate toolbar) to toggle the Auto Start and End
function on/off according to the current settings. Right-click to open the Auto
Start and End dialog.
Select centering
method Select preset end
point
Click to enter
separate start and
end points
Specify how to
match connecting
stitches
Specify the
connector type
2 Select the Use Auto Start and End checkbox to connect the first and
last stitches in the design.
3 Select the Maintain Automatically checkbox to maintain the design
center after modifying the design.
4 Select a centering method.
Auto Start and End: by default, connecting stitches are created
from the start and end points to the center of the design. Select one
of the nine preset end points.
Return to Start Point: creates a connecting stitch from the end
point to the start point.
Digitize Auto Start/End Point: creates connecting stitches from
the start and end points to a point you define. If you select this, you
are prompted to select the point after you click OK. Click the
Separately checkbox to enter separate start and end points.
6 Select the type and length of the connecting stitches in the Connectors
panel. See Connecting Embroidery Objects for details.
7 Click OK.
Connecting stitches will be inserted as required before the first and after
the last stitch of the design.
Automatic digitizing
This section describes how to automatically convert bitmap images to
embroidery objects and complete designs, as well as how to create
embroidery from grayscale images. See Automatic Digitizing for details.
Tip Vector images have the advantage over bitmap images that they can
be converted directly to embroidery objects using a variety of input
methods. This allows you to concentrate on design shapes without having
to think about stitch properties and sequence. See also Converting between
object types.
This section describes how to create vector objects using the drawing tools
as well as how to import them from third-party applications. It also explains
how to merge, trim and split overlapping vector or embroidery objects using
the Shaping tools.
Tip ES Designer lets you select colors for vector object outlines and fills.
These can be different to the corresponding embroidery objects. See
Coloring vector objects for details.
corner point
3 Press Enter.
Tip ES Designer lets you select colors for vector object outlines and fills.
These can be different to the corresponding embroidery objects. See
Coloring vector objects for details.
Drawing polygons
To draw polygons
1 Click the Polygon icon.
2 Digitize the shape by marking reference points on screen.
curve point
corner point
Tip To constrain the line between two points to 15° increments, press
Ctrl as you mark the second point.
3 Press Enter to close the shape.
Tip ES Designer lets you select colors for vector object outlines and fills.
These can be different to the corresponding embroidery objects. See
Coloring vector objects for details.
Click to enter
corner point
Drag pointer,
click again
Note To draw a square, hold down Ctrl as you move the pointer.
Note You can convert ellipse vector objects to embroidery objects using
Input C, Complex Fill, Fusion Fill™, or an outline input method—e.g. Run,
Triple Run, Motif Run, Backstitch, or Stemstitch. See Converting vector
objects to embroidery for details.
Click to enter
center point
Tip ES Designer lets you select colors for vector object outlines and fills.
These can be different to the corresponding embroidery objects. See
Coloring vector objects for details.
Note The Auto Trace feature lets you convert scanned artwork to vector
objects. See Converting bitmaps to outlines with Auto Trace for details.
Use Insert File (Image menu) to insert a vector image for use as a backdrop.
Tip You can also paste vectors directly into ES Designer through the
Windows clipboard. See Pasting vector images for details.
Select to
insert as
bitmap rather
than vector
Select to
remove
overlapping
objects
3 From the Look In list, select the folder where you keep your vector files.
4 From the Files of Type list, select a suitable vector image format and
select the file you want to insert.
5 If you are working with DXF files:
Click Options.
The DXF File Options dialog opens.
Note To work with individual vector objects, you need to ungroup them
first. See Grouping and ungrouping objects for details.
Select folder
Use Paste Drawing > As Vector (Edit menu) to paste a vector image for use as a
digitizing backdrop.
You can insert a vector image into ES Designer by copying it from another
embroidery design or graphics application, and pasting it into your design.
Tip You can scale and transform vector images in the same way as
embroidery objects. Unlike bitmap images, any changes you make to vector
objects are updated and saved with the design file. See also Arranging and
Transforming Objects.
Use Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) in combination with Image > Smooth
Vector Curves to remove unnecessary reshape nodes from vector image
objects.
When you insert a vector image into a design, reshape nodes—the same as
for embroidery objects—are added to the outline. On shapes where the
angle changes constantly, the software may insert hundreds of reshape
Precision:
0.1 mm
without Precision:
smoothing 0.5 mm
Note You can only smooth vector objects that have been ungrouped
and selected. However, you can select multiple objects.
2 Click the Reshape Object icon.
Reshape nodes display around the vector image object.
3 Select Image > Smooth Vector Curves.
The Smooth Vector Curves dialog opens.
Enter smoothing
precision value
Tip Colored vector outlines are also important for appliqué cutting. If
appliqué objects are digitized in ES Designer, they can be ungrouped,
duplicated, and sent to the laser or other type of cutter. Some can cut
several layers of fabric at the same time. The cutting depth is controlled by
object colors. These can be set within ES Designer without having to export
the shapes to a graphics package. See also Cutting appliqué shapes.
inserted vector
image
No fill currently
selected
5 To fill the selected object with a solid color, select the Solid Fill icon and
click the Color button to access the Color dialog.
6 To fill the selected object with a pattern fill, select the Pattern Fill icon
and adjust the settings:
Select a pattern style from the dropdown list.
Select a foreground color via the Front button.
Make the background transparent as required or choose a color via
the Back button.
8 Click Apply.
Note To view the changes in the production worksheet, select File >
Print Preview. Then click Options and select the Drawings checkbox.
Tip You can convert complex vector shapes directly to embroidery using a
number of different input methods. See Converting between object types for
details. See also Digitizing fills with Point & Stitch.
Tip Ungroup any imported vector object in order to select the required
component objects.
3 Select Image > Make Complex Shape or press Shift+H.
The selected objects become a single Complex Shape vector object.
4 You can use the Offset Object feature to digitize the complex shape.
See Creating outlines and filling holes for details.
Tip You can select any number of curves. Different selections create
different complex shapes.
Tip The Make Complex Shape feature lets you combine any number of
vector curves into a single ‘complex shape’. This can then be converted to
an embroidery object. See Combining vector curves into complex shapes for
details.
Combine
Weld
Weld applied
(petals only)
Weld
applied
Combine applied
(petals only)
If drawing tools are used as the input method, Combine converts vector
objects to a single complex shape.
Combine applied
(petals only)
Tip Cut objects in half by drawing a line through them and applying
Divide. Apply Combine to create closed objects or Weld to fuse two
objects.
Weld + Run
applied to
resulting objects
Weld + Run +
Divide Combine applied to
applied resulting objects
Use Intersect (Shaping toolbar) to trim overlapping areas so that only those
intersected by all selected objects remain.
Use Exclude (Shaping toolbar) to trim overlapping objects and preserve their
individual properties.
Use Front-Back (Shaping toolbar) to trim overlapping objects so that only
non-overlapped areas of the topmost object remain.
Use Back-Front (Shaping toolbar) to trim overlapping objects so that only
non-overlapped areas of the bottommost object remain.
Note Use the Remove Overlaps feature to maintain shapes but remove
the underlying layer of stitching. See Removing underlying stitching for
details.
Intersect
applied
Exclude applied
(petals only)
Front-Back
applied
Tip Use Image > Make Complex Shape or press Shift+H to trim
overlapping shapes in unfilled vector objects.
Use Back-Front to trim overlapping objects so that only non-overlapped
areas of the bottommost object remain.
Back-Front
applied
Use Flatten (Shaping toolbar) to trim all overlaps while retaining the original
objects.
Use Divide (Shaping toolbar) to split selected objects into separate adjoining
objects wherever they intersect with other selected objects.
Split selected objects using the Flatten or Divide tools. These tools
preserve the outlines of the original shapes.
Flatten Divide
Flatten
applied
Divide applied
(petals only)
Use Keep Source Objects (Shaping toolbar) to keep the source objects after
shaping.
The Keep Source Objects is a toggle which affects the behavior of all the
other shaping tools. While it is active, all selected source objects of all
shaping operations are preserved. The resultant objects are inserted after
the last source object in the stitching sequence.
All source objects of the shaping operation are preserved. The resultant
objects are inserted after the last source object in the stitching
sequence.
The Overlap feature allows you to add overlaps to the objects resulting from
Flatten or Divide shaping operations.
2 Adjust the overlap amount using the Overlap control on the Shaping
toolbar.
Tip Textured backgrounds can also be imported to show what a design will
look like on real fabric. Almost any artwork can be used — photographs,
magazine pictures, clipart images, and even fabric samples. See also
Changing background colors and fabrics.
This section describes how to choose suitable artwork for digitizing purposes
as well as how to scan it into ES Designer and edit it before use. It also
describes how to insert and save bitmap images into ES Designer, as well
as how to show and hide them as you digitize.
clean image with well-defined clean image with well-defined complex image, needs editing to
outlines color blocks remove background and improve
outlines
Scanned images
Images scanned from hardcopy drawings or
existing embroidery typically contain a lot of
introduced ‘noise’. While they can be used as
input to automatic digitizing, once again, best
results are achieved with relatively clean images
consisting of solid color blocks. Typically, logos
and simple drawings scanned from business
cards, letterheads, books, magazines, cards all
fall into this category.
Noisy images typically need to be prepared by
reducing the color count and sharpening the
outlines. See Image preparation techniques for image containing a lot of
scanner ‘noise’
details.
Dithered images
Dithering is a software technique which combines existing colors in a
checkerboard arrangement of pixels. It is typically used to simulate colors
that are missing from an image palette.
Anti-aliased images
Anti-aliasing is a software technique similar
to dithering which is used to soften hard
outlines where color blocks intersect. It
produces smoother outlines by ‘blurring’ the
pixels where colors join.
Where anti-aliasing is deliberately used to
blur outlines, these need to be ‘sharpened’
before use with automatic digitizing. See
Image preparation techniques for details.
anti-aliased outlines
Tip There are many graphics packages which can help you improve your
scanned images. At one end of the spectrum there is the simple MS Paint
program. This comes free with Windows but can handle few formats or color
conversions. At the other end, there are professional tools such as Corel
PHOTO-PAINT®. Such programs can do almost anything but may be too
expensive for occasional use. A compromise is Paint Shop Pro™ which has
many of the features of the high-end tools but at a much lower cost. See
also Editing bitmaps in third-party applications.
Scanning resolution
Most scanners require you to enter scanning resolution information.
Resolution determines the number of dots per inch (dpi) used to create an
image. Generally speaking, the smaller the source image and/or more detail
it contains, the higher the resolution needs to be. Use the following table as
a guide.
Color mode
Most scanners also require you to enter color mode information. First decide
whether your image is line art (black and white drawing), sketch, color
picture, or black and white or color photograph, then choose an appropriate
mode. Black and white mode produces the smallest files. Color photograph
and grayscale modes generate 256 color images and produce similar sized
files. ‘RGB’, ‘True Color’ or ‘millions of colors’ modes generate 16.7 million
colors and produce the biggest files. Use the table below to decide which
mode is suitable for use with your image.
* Different scanning software uses different terms for the same mode.
* Different scanning software uses different terms for the same mode.
Scanning tips
Do not scan line art images in grayscale mode; grayscale scanning
produces fuzzy edges.
Scan color images in RGB mode (millions of colors) rather than 256 color
mode. You may not notice any difference on screen. In fact the 256 color
image may look better than the RGB image. However, ES Designer
Do not scan color images in CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black)
mode as this is only used for images that will be printed; the colors may
be different from RGB colors.
If the image needs to be rotated, do so while scanning. Rotating
afterwards may distort the image.
Sharpening
Some scanning software lets you apply what is called ‘sharpening’ as you
scan. Sharpening compensates for the slight blurring in a scanned image by
looking for any differences between colors in the image. Sharpening
accentuates these differences which makes the image edges more defined.
It does not increase the image details; it just makes them more obvious. In
general, use sharpening with images that have well-defined outlines. Do not
use it with non-outlined images.
scanned with
sharpening
scanned without
sharpening
Tip If you are scanning a fabric background, set the scan to 256 colors,
100% and 72 dpi (dots per inch). These settings will give a small file
which will display well on your screen without taking up too much disk
space or memory.
6 Preview the image in the scanning program.
7 Select the area to be scanned and scan the image.
8 Save the scanned image in a compatible format image file to the Design
folder.
9 Scan the artwork.
Note Scanned images can be saved separately from the design file. See
Saving bitmap images as separate files for details.
partially digitized
bitmap
original bitmap
Use Insert File (Image menu) to insert an image for use as a backdrop.
You can insert bitmap images of various formats for use as digitizing
backdrops. See Supported image formats for details.
Note You can also insert vector image files. See Inserting vector images for
details.
Select folder
Select file
Select required
format
Use Paste Vector > As Bitmap (Edit menu) to insert an image for use as a backdrop.
You can insert a bitmap image into ES Designer by copying it from another
embroidery design or graphics application, and pasting it directly into your
design.
When you save a design containing a backdrop, a reference to the image file
is saved together with information on its position in the design. When you
re-open the design, the image file is re-inserted. If you scale or transform a
backdrop, you need to save it as a separate file or the changes will be lost.
Note Images that are scanned from within ES Designer must be saved this
way or will be lost when the design is closed.
Before using bitmap images for design purposes, crop them to remove
unnecessary detail and save processing time.
Bitmap cropped in
rectangular form
Use Edit Bitmap Using (Image menu) to edit images in a graphics package.
background may be
cleaned and eyes
added
2 Select Image > Edit Bitmap Using and select a graphics package.
The image opens in the graphics package.
Return to the graphics package and select either File > Close or File >
Exit & Return <Filename>. In ES Designer, the stripes will disappear.
Select required
smoothing option
Note Scaling and transforming takes longer than usual when smoothing
is applied.
Image clean up
In practice, cleaning up scanned images may involve any one or a
combination of the following techniques:
reducing the number of colors
adding or emphasizing outlines
removing noise, dithering or anti-aliasing
eliminating unnecessary detail
cropping sections
eliminating backgrounds.
See also Choosing suitable artwork.
Color reduction
Sometimes an image looks clean but extra colors have been introduced
during scanning or in a graphics package. Color reduction means reducing
the actual number of image colors in order to eliminate unnecessary detail
and reduce each block to a single color. Color reduction also cleans the
image, removing noise and anti-aliasing if present. This in turn helps
minimize the number of trims and color changes required in the resulting
embroidery design. Reduce colors in a non-outlined image using the Reduce
Colors tool and in an outlined image using the Sharpen Edges tool.
Color reduction should only be applied if the loss of detail does not affect the
image shapes. Before color reduction, the colored areas in the image below
If you are scanning images, make sure you scan them correctly for best
results. See Scanning artwork into ES Designer for details.
Be aware that the Reduce Colors tool is good at removing noise and
anti-aliasing but not so good at processing dithering in non-outlined images.
By contrast, the Sharpen Edges tool is excellent at processing dithered
Reduce Colors tool used with non-outlined Sharpen Outline tool used with outlined
image—dithered color blocks not image—dithered color blocks cleaned,
completely cleaned, edges fuzzy edges sharp
Outline sharpening
Outline sharpening means more clearly defining the outlines bordering
distinct color blocks or shapes in the artwork. These may have been
indistinct in the original or made so by the scanning process. Outline
sharpening is important for automatic digitizing because it makes it easier
for the software to identify the distinct areas which become embroidery
objects in the resulting design.
Note Outline sharpening only works on images with black or dark outlines.
Some images have solid outlines but they may be indistinct or incomplete.
These need to be rectified with the ES Designer image preparation tools or
a graphics package. See Editing bitmaps in third-party applications for
details.
Edit Image Link to a graphics Lets you crop, sharpen, re-color, add outlines,
package—e.g. Paint Shop remove noise from an image.
Pro™—for editing an image
outside ES Designer.
Reduce Colors Prepare any non-outlined Lets you reduce colors to a specified number. It
image. automatically:
• reduces each block to a single color
• removes anti-aliasing, noise and dithering
• removes colors smaller than specified area.
Sharpen Edges Prepare outlined images. Lets you adjust lightness or darkness of outlines. It
automatically:
• blends each outlined block into a single color
• removes anti-aliasing, noise and dithering
• sharpens outlines.
Reduce Colors
used—outlines not
sharpened, poor
stitching
image with
indistinct
outlines
Sharpen Edges
used—improved
stitching
Sharpen Edges
used
If you need to add outlines, close gaps, or reinforce an outline, you may
need to draw it in by hand before scanning. Or you might add it in a graphics
package after scanning. See Editing bitmaps in third-party applications for
details.
Sharpen Edges
used
Tip Try darkening the outlines using the Outline Appearance slider. See
Preparing outlined images for details.
Scan artwork • Scan in RGB mode • Scan in RGB mode Scan in RGB mode
• Use sharpening • No sharpening
Use Reduce Colors (Image toolbar) to reduce the number of colors and
remove image ‘noise’ in non-outlined images.
Use the Reduce Colors tool to prepare non-outlined images for automatic
digitizing. The tool automatically reduces color blocks in bitmap images to a
single color, removing anti-aliasing and noise. You can let the software
reduce the color count automatically or specify a precise number. The latter
is useful if you want to match design colors to an exact number of thread
colors.
Tip Depending on the quality of the scanned image, you may need to touch
it up manually before processing in ES Designer. You would normally do this
in order to eliminate backgrounds, or flood-fill solid areas with color. See
Editing bitmaps in third-party applications for details.
Set color
reduction options
The image appears in the preview panel. The Color Count field shows
the number of image colors.
4 Click Zoom In to view the image more closely.
5 Set the color reduction options you require:
Min. color area: 0.5 sq mm Min. Color area: 1 sq mm Min. color area: 5 sq mm
Min. line length: 2 mm Min. line length: 5 mm Min. line length: 9 mm
Use Sharpen Edges (Image toolbar) to sharpen outlines and reduce noise in
outlined images.
Use the Sharpen Edges tool to prepare outlined images for automatic
digitizing. The tool automatically sharpens outlines and reduces noise. Areas
enclosed by a black outline are reduced to a single color. Outline sharpening
makes it easier for the software to recognize distinct areas in the artwork.
These areas then become the embroidery objects of the finished design. Use
it particularly if the outlines are blurry, fuzzy or indistinct.
Tip Depending on the quality of the scanned image, you may need to touch
it up manually before processing in ES Designer. You would normally do this
in order to eliminate backgrounds, flood-fill solid areas with color, add or
reinforce outlines, or close gaps. See Editing bitmaps in third-party
applications for details.
zoomed
area
Set outline
Click to see
appearance
colored areas
The image appears in the preview panel. The Color Count field shows
the number of image colors.
4 Click Zoom In to view the image more closely.
5 Set the outline contrast tolerance by dragging the slider control.
Set outline
appearance
Tip Move the slider to the right until there is too much black, then move
it slowly back to the left. Stop when the image shows all the outlines you
need.
7 Click Show Color Areas to see the updated image.
Outlines not sharpened Slider control moved to left Slider control moved to right
Outlines sharpened
and noise reduced
Converted to Converted to
Complex Fill Run
The Auto Trace feature lets you convert scanned artwork to vector
objects. You can then convert these to embroidery objects using a
variety of input methods.
The Point & Stitch tools provide everything necessary to digitize shapes
in bitmap images automatically without using manual input methods.
The Smart Design feature automatic digitizing is intended for people
working at all levels of the embroidery industry. Smart Design
automatically converts bitmap images to fully digitized embroidery.
Photo Flash lets you create embroidery designs directly from
photographs and other grayscale bitmap images. The effect resembles
the output of a line printer.
This section describes how to automatically convert bitmap images to
embroidery objects and complete designs, as well as how to create
embroidery from grayscale images.
Use Auto Trace (Image toolbar) to convert artwork to vector objects for
conversion to embroidery objects.
Note Even if your artwork looks ready to stitch when inserted into the
software, it will need to be image-processed before conversion. See
Preparing Images for Automatic Digitizing for details.
At this point you can convert the created vector object directly into an
embroidery object. See also Converting vector objects to embroidery.
Use Turning Satin (Point & Stitch toolbar) to digitize narrow column shapes.
Use Outline Run (Point & Stitch toolbar) to digitize boundaries of shapes.
Use Match to Palette (Point & Stitch toolbar) to find the nearest match
between the selected image color and the color palette.
The Point & Stitch tools provide everything necessary to digitize shapes in
bitmap images automatically without using manual input methods. These
tools are useful for quickly creating embroidery objects from scanned
images that do not require particular artistic effects or embroidery-specific
knowledge. This in turn frees you to spend more time on the artistic or
inherently complicated areas of your designs.
Bitmap image
Use Match to Palette (Point & Stitch toolbar) to find the nearest match
between the selected image color and the color palette.
Use the Match to Palette tool to find the nearest match between a selected
image color block and a palette color. If Match to Palette is not selected,
the color block is digitized in the current palette color.
Use Turning Satin (Point & Stitch toolbar) to digitize narrow column shapes.
Point & Stitch can be used to create ‘closed’ Tatami fill objects, as well as
objects with turning Satin fills. Use Tatami Fill to digitize large areas in your
artwork with Tatami stitch, preserving any holes within them. If you are
using a vector image, it must include a fill color. If you want holes ignored,
use the Tatami Fill without Holes tool. Use Turning Satin to digitize
narrow column shapes with Satin stitch. Current properties are applied. You
can modify these as required before or after using the tools.
Original artwork Turning Satin—leaf and Tatami Fill—hole in Tatami Fill without
stem filled with turning apple ignored Holes—hole in apple
stitches preserved
Use Outline Run (Point & Stitch toolbar) to digitize boundaries of shapes.
Use Point & Stitch to digitize boundaries and details with run stitching. Use
Pickout Run to digitize centerlines in your artwork with run stitches. Use
Outline Run to digitize boundaries of shapes with run stitching. Current
properties are applied. You can modify these as required before or after
using the tools.
Note Even if your artwork looks ready to stitch when inserted into the
software, it will need to be image-processed before conversion. The
software will not let you apply automatic digitizing techniques without
preliminary image-processing. See Preparing Images for Automatic
Digitizing for details.
Note Only one image may be selected at a time. The command is disabled
if the selection contains anything other than an image. The display mode of
the image—for example, ‘dimmed’—will not affect the embroidery object
colors.
2 Select the image and process it. See Preparing Images for Automatic
Digitizing for details.
Select color
conversion
method
Click-and-drag
colors between
fields
Note Image information is given in the top panel, including width and
height values as well as the number of image colors.
4 Click-and-drag any colors you want to omit from automatic stitch
processing into the Omit column.
white
background
color omitted
all colors
omitted except
black
Note You can adjust stitching styles and other settings for fill colors.
See Adjusting fill color settings for details.
Note You can adjust stitching styles for detail colors. See Adjusting
detail colors settings for details.
7 Select a Thread Colors conversion method for image processing.
By default, image colors are matched to the nearest thread colors in
the current colorway.
Select the Add Colors to Palette option to add image colors to the
palette.
image colors
matched to nearest
thread colors
8 Click OK.
Smart Design converts the artwork to embroidery objects and
generates stitches.
Tip If an image color is both a fill and a detail, you can either recolor the
fill color in a graphics package, or omit the color for later editing.
3 Click Values.
The Automatic Stitching Values dialog opens.
Select style to
Adjust max. apply to each
widths for object type
each object
type
4 Select the Detect lines in objects checkbox if you want areas defined
up to maximum width set to be interpreted as ‘lines’.
The sample below, for example, shows narrow linear shapes being
interpreted as Satin Input C rather than Tatami Complex Fill objects.
Original image Yellow and green in Details Detect Lines selected, Satin Detect Lines not selected,
with Satin—larger areas used—fills stitched in default values used—most
also stitched in Satin Tatami, lines in Satin objects stitched in Tatami
Tatami styles
selected
7 Adjust settings for the recognition of Complex Fill objects in the Object
Options panel.
2 Enter the length of the maximum travel run connector in the Maximum
travel path length field. You may enter a large value to avoid trims that
may cause production problems.
3 Enter the minimum width of foreground objects to overlap background
objects in the Stitch under objects below width field.
4 Enter the minimum stitch length you want to keep in the Filter small
objects below width field. See Removing small stitches automatically
for details.
5 Click OK.
Smart Design converts the artwork to embroidery objects and
generates stitches.
Use Photo Flash (Insert menu) to create embroidery designs directly from
photographs.
Tip For best results, use images with well-defined subjects or constantly
varying shades.
Select resolution
option
Select background
option
Enter angle
Note The coarser the resolution the more spacing between rows.
Tip The option you select usually depends on whether the fabric is light
or dark. The Dark option produces a negative of the image.
Adjust stitch
values
The Skew Angle determines the angle of the stitches. See Adjusting
Satin stitch spacing for details.
7 Click Apply.
You are prompted to select the part of the image you want to convert.
8 Click-and-drag a cropping rectangle around the part of the image you
require.
ES Designer generates stitches for the area within the cropping
rectangle. This process may take some time.
The stitching sequence naturally occurs in the order in which the design was
digitized. The Color-Object List displays a sequential list of objects grouped
by object and color. It provides an easy way to group, cut, copy and paste,
and resequence selected objects and color blocks.
Group objects together to apply a change to them all at once. Better still,
apply Branching to join like-objects to form a single ‘branched object’.
Objects are resequenced, connectors minimized, component objects
grouped, and stitches regenerated. Apply an underlay to all.
This section describes how to combine objects and designs by copying and
pasting, duplicating, and inserting techniques. It also describes how to
resequence objects by cut-and-paste, by color, with the Color-Object List,
and by number. Using Branching to sequence objects is also explained.
Petals
copied and pasted
Tip You can paste between other objects in the sequence, or ‘nest’ the
copied object within an object. See Nesting objects for details.
5 Click the Paste icon.
The object is pasted in the design, according to the current paste
options. Alternatively, use the popup menu to override the current paste
options.
Tip Change the default paste option as required. See Setting paste
position options for details.
Note The object remains on the clipboard and can be pasted repeatedly
until the next Copy or Cut command.
Duplicating objects
Tip The Mirror-Merge tools allow you to duplicate and transform selected
embroidery objects, and merge them into a single object. See Duplicating
and mirroring objects for details.
To duplicate objects
1 Select the object (or objects) to duplicate.
2 Travel to the position in the stitching sequence at which you want to
place the object. See Viewing the stitching sequence for details.
You can place the duplicate between other objects in the sequence, or
‘nest’ it within an object. See Nesting objects for details.
3 Select Edit > Duplicate.
The duplicate object is placed directly on top of the original, in the
specified position in the stitching sequence.
4 Move the duplicate object to the required position.
The Quick Clone feature lets you quickly duplicate selected objects by
right-clicking, dragging and releasing at a new position.
To clone objects
1 Select an object or objects.
2 Holding down the right mouse button, drag the object(s) to a new
position.
A black outline of the object appears. The cursor icon includes a plus
symbol.
Drag-and-drop
Tip For more precise positioning, hold down the Ctrl key while
dragging—movement is thereby constrained to X or Y axes.
3 Release the mouse.
A duplicate object(s) is created at the release point.
Deleting objects
To delete objects
Select the object (or objects) to delete, and do one of the following:
Press Delete.
Select Edit > Delete.
Right-click and select Delete from the popup menu.
Nesting objects
ES Designer lets you ‘nest’ one object inside another at an exact point of the
stitching sequence. This feature is particularly useful with motifs and other
designs where long connectors may be generated. It also helps reduce the
overall numbers of objects, minimizing trims and tie-offs.
Travel to insertion
point and paste object
2 Insert the second object. To do this, either digitize the object, or copy
and paste, or cut-and-paste it.
The second object is ‘nested’ in the stitching sequence of the first object.
All required functions are automatically inserted for the second object.
3 Move the copied object into the required position.
Tip To view the connectors that are generated for the nested object,
click the Show Connectors icon.
Combining designs
ES Designer lets you insert one design into
another. The two (or more) designs can
then be saved as a combined design. When
you insert a design in another, the two
color palettes are combined. Colors with
the same RGB values are automatically
identified as having the same thread color.
If you want to preserve these as separate
colors, you need to change one or other
before merging. See Modifying colorways
for details.
To combine designs
1 Open the first design.
2 Travel to the position in the stitching sequence where you want to insert
the design. See Viewing the stitching sequence for details.
Tip To ensure that all the objects in the inserted design stay together,
group the design while working with it. See Grouping and ungrouping
objects for details.
8 Save the combined design under the original or different name.
The designs you have inserted are now combined into one design.
Splitting objects
To split objects
1 Select an object to split.
2 Travel to the stitch where you want it to be split.
You can travel to a stitch inside a Satin, Tatami, Run or Manual object.
See Traveling by stitches for details.
Split object
deleted
Split object
Tip You can convert any split Manual objects to outline objects with
Stitch Processor. See Recognizing object/outlines after editing for
details.
Click Cut (Standard toolbar) to cut a selected object or objects and place
them on the clipboard.
You can resequence objects by cutting an object from the design and pasting
it back at a different point in the sequence. This does not change the
physical location of the object. See also Nesting objects.
3 Travel to the position in the stitching sequence where you want to paste
the object. See Viewing the stitching sequence for details.
You can paste between other objects in the sequence, or ‘nest’ the cut
object within another object. See Nesting objects for details.
If you do not move the current needle position marker, the object is
pasted at the end of the sequence.
The object is pasted back in the design according to the current paste
options. See also Setting paste position options.
Note The object remains on the clipboard and can be pasted repeatedly
until the next Copy or Cut command.
Note Select each object in the order you want it to stitch out in.
3 With the objects still selected, select Edit > Resequence > By Selects.
The objects are resequenced in the order they were selected.
The Resequence By Color feature lets you resequence all objects by color.
This reduces the number of color changes in a design.
Select color
block
Use buttons to
resequence
3 Select a color and click Move Up or Move Down to change its position in
the sequence.
4 Click OK.
The Color-Object List provides an easy way to select objects in designs and
access their properties. You can resequence color blocks and objects easily
by changing their position in the Color-Object List.
Tip You can also use it to group and ungroup, lock and unlock, and show
and hide objects. Use it also to cut, copy and paste, as well as branch
objects. See also Grouping and locking with the Color-Object List, Copying
and pasting objects, and Branching objects with the Color-Object List.
Click-and-drag object
to new position
The Branching feature lets you digitize like objects—e.g. the fingers of a
hand, sections of a custom letter—without having to think about the most
efficient stitching sequence and joins. Branching is designed for use with
shapes made up of objects that overlap—e.g. complicated letters, Asian
characters, etc. Apply Branching to join selected objects to form a single
‘branched object’. Objects are resequenced, connectors minimized,
component objects grouped, and stitches regenerated. All component
objects are grouped and selectable as one. You can apply a single underlay
to all.
Note When dissimilar objects are selected and branched, any which cannot
be branched are omitted.
Applying branching
To apply branching
1 Select the objects.
Long connectors
between separate
objects
Note The function is only available if more than one object of any
suitable type is selected.
Objects resequenced,
connectors minimized
Component objects are grouped and share the color of the first branched
object. Objects are resequenced, connectors minimized, and stitches
regenerated.
4 Travel through the branched object to check stitching.
See Viewing the stitching sequence for details.
The Color-Object List provides an easy way to select objects in designs and
access their properties. You can use it to branch like objects in a design.
Tip Use the Color-Object List also to cut, copy and paste, group and
ungroup, lock and unlock, and show and hide objects, as well as resequence
objects. See also Grouping and locking with the Color-Object List, Copying
and pasting objects, and Resequencing colors and objects with the
Color-Object List.
Long connectors
join objects
Branch selected
objects
Note The function is only available if more than one object of any
suitable type is selected.
4 Digitize entry and exit points, or press Enter twice to accept the defaults.
Component objects are grouped and share the color of the first branched
object. Objects are resequenced, connectors minimized, and stitches
regenerated.
Select First
Underlay
Select underlay
type
Whole underlay
stitched first
2 Click Branching and digitize entry and exit points in the normal way.
See Applying branching for details.
Stitches are regenerated. Component objects are grouped and
connectors minimized—no jumps, no extra travels.
Combination of one
and two layers of run
stitches created
3 Travel through the branched object to check stitching. See Viewing the
stitching sequence for details.
Tip When the entry and exit point are the same, there are two layers
of outline stitching. If they are different, the path between the entry and
exit will have three layers. It is your choice whether to have the extra
travel layer or a trim connection to the next object instead.
You can change the position, size and orientation of objects in a design by
moving, scaling and transforming them. Group objects together to apply
universal changes, or lock them to avoid unintentional modification. Modify
objects directly on-screen or using the Object Properties dialog. Access
commonly used functions via the Color-Object List.
Note If no objects are selected, using the arrow keys moves the current
needle position.
To position objects
Select the object/s to move and click-and-drag it to a new position.
For more accurate positioning, use the arrow keys to ‘nudge’ the object
into the required position.
For even more accurate positioning, enter the X:Y coordinates in the
General Properties bar.
Enter exact
coordinates
Tip Zoom in to make small adjustments. The distance the object moves
depends on the current zoom factor. The greater the zoom factor, the
smaller the distance moved.
Aligning objects
You can align selected objects in a design to the left, right, top, bottom or
center of a specific object. The Arrange toolbar offers a set of buttons to
trigger functions of the same name found in the Arrange menu. The tools
all become enabled when two or more objects are selected.
To align objects
1 Select the objects you want to align.
2 Select the object you want to align with.
3 Click an alignment tool or select Arrange > Align > ...
Align center
1 Align left
2
Align bottom
Note Objects are aligned with the last object selected. When we select
all the objects in the design by using Ctrl+A all the objects are aligned
with the last object in the sequence.
You can automatically distribute selected objects with even spacing between
them, both vertically or horizontally. The Arrange toolbar offers a set of
buttons to trigger functions of the same name found in the Arrange menu.
The tools all become enabled when three or more objects are selected.
You can group selected objects, or an entire design, to keep them together
for moving, scaling and transforming actions. With grouped objects you can
also apply global changes, saving time and ensuring consistency. When you
have finished making changes to a group, you can ungroup and work with
the component objects.
Note You need to ungroup before you can set properties for any individual
object in the group.
ungrouped objects
are selected
Tip To select with a bounding outline, simply drag the outline over one
component object and the whole group will be selected. See also
Selecting objects with a bounding box.
Click Unlock All (Arrange toolbar) to unlock all locked objects in a design.
Lock objects to prevent them from being moved or modified by accident. For
example, locking backdrop images holds them in place as you digitize,
transform or reshape the embroidery objects near them. Locked objects can
be unlocked for modification at any time.
The Color-Object List provides an easy way to select objects in designs and
access their properties. You can use it to group and ungroup, lock and
unlock, and show and hide objects.
Tip Use the Color-Object List also to cut, copy and paste, resequence, as
well as branch objects. See also Copying and pasting objects, Resequencing
colors and objects with the Color-Object List, and Branching objects with the
Color-Object List.
Click to open
or close node
Group/Lock
objects
Scaling objects
You can scale objects by dragging selection handles, specifying the exact
dimensions in the General Properties bar, or by setting the distance
between reference points on the design. As an object is scaled, the stitch
count changes to preserve the current stitch spacing.
Note Only EMB designs contain the complete set of design information
required for 100% perfect scaling and transformation.
Drag
Drag
Scale vertically Scale vertically
Drag
Shift + drag
Scale horizontally in
both directions Scale proportionally Shift + drag
about center
Warning If you scale a stitch design by more than 5%, changes to stitch
density will affect the design quality. See also Embroidery design formats.
Click Apply
Tip To preserve aspect ratio, copy the calculated percentage from one
field to the other.
Select Transform (Edit menu) to scale an object or design using reference points.
You can scale an object or design by marking reference points and specifying
the required length of the line between them. For example, to resize a
design to a specific width, select all objects, then mark the reference points
across the width of the design.
3 Select the Size checkbox, and enter the required distance between the
reference points.
4 Click OK.
Tip Press Ctrl to constrain the angle of the axis to 15° increments. Press
Enter twice to use the default reference line.
Click Make Same Width (Arrange toolbar) to scale an object or design to the
same width as a reference object.
Click Make Same Height (Arrange toolbar) to scale an object or design to the
same height as a reference object.
Click Make Same Width and Height (Arrange toolbar) to scale an object or
design to the same size as a reference object.
You can scale objects to the same size as a reference object. Resize the
height or width separately or both.
3 1
Rotating objects
You can rotate objects directly on-screen or by setting an exact rotation
angle.
rotation
handle
anchor
point
skew handle
Note If you click too quickly, the Object Properties dialog opens.
3 Drag the anchor point to any position required.
3 To rotate by an exact amount, enter the angle in the Rotate field and
press Enter.
Select Transform Special (Edit menu) to rotate an object using reference points.
The Transform Special tool lets you rotate selected objects with the aid of
reference points alone. It can be used both with embroidery and vector
objects.
Tip Press Ctrl to constrain the angle of the axis to 15° increments.
Click the anchor point. The pointer then aligns itself with the second
reference point.
Click a guide point for the required rotation position. Use the
coordinates on the Status bar for exact alignment.
Select Transform (Edit menu) to scale an object or design using reference points and
specified angle.
4 Select the Angle checkbox, and enter the rotation angle of the reference
line.
For example, to rotate the image so that it aligns with the horizontal
axis, enter a value of 0°.
5 Click OK.
6 Click to mark the start and end points of the reference line.
Tip Press Ctrl to constrain the angle of the axis to 15° increments. Press
Enter twice to use a horizontal reference line by default.
Skewing objects
You can skew objects directly on-screen or by setting an exact skew angle.
You can skew selected objects by entering an exact angle in the Skew field.
3 Press Enter.
You can mirror objects around a defined axis using a reference line. Using
this method you mark the start and end points of the line around which the
object mirrors.
Select Mirror
starting object
mirrored
Tip Press Ctrl to constrain the angle of the axis to 15° increments. If
you just want to mirror your selection around a horizontal axis, press
Enter twice. The mirror axis defaults to zero.
Tip Tab from field to field to enter values. Press Enter to confirm.
6 Click to mark the anchor point or press Enter to confirm.
The design is duplicated and distributed around the center point.
Note If the duplicates overlap the original, you are prompted to merge
objects. Use this feature to merge duplicates into a perfectly
symmetrical object such as a face or heart.
Tip Hold down Ctrl to constrain the reference line to 45o increments.
Tip Tab from field to field to enter values. Press Enter to confirm.
6 Click to mark the anchor point or press Enter to confirm.
The design is duplicated and distributed around the center point.
Note If the duplicates overlap the original, you are prompted to merge
objects.
Use the Mirror-Merge Array tool to create multiple copies of designs, such
as badges, spaced in rows and columns for faster stitchouts. Mirror-Merge
Tip Tab from field to field to enter values. Press Enter to confirm.
6 Click to mark the anchor point or press Enter to confirm.
The design is duplicated and distributed around the reference lines.
Note If the duplicates overlap the original, you are prompted to merge
objects.
ES Designer also lets you convert among vector and embroidery objects of
different types at all stages of the design. For example, you can convert
vector images directly to embroidery objects. Similarly, you can convert
embroidery designs or objects to vector images. These can then be
converted to any kind of embroidery object. You can also convert between
embroidery object types.
The reference points you mark when digitizing a shape become its ‘control
points’. These vary slightly with the object type. Use them to edit or
‘transform’ objects—e.g. reshaping, scaling, letter spacing, changing entry
and exit points. Modify stitch angles of selected objects. Add multiple stitch
angles as required.
= entry point
= exit point
stitch angle = corner point
line
= curve point
corner point exit point = stitch angle points
Tip You can also create embroidery objects with turning stitches by
applying stitch angles directly to vector objects. You can also add turning
stitches to Complex Fill objects with the Stitch Angles tool. See Adding stitch
angles in Stitch Angles mode for details.
Use Convert > Stitch Angles (popup menu) to convert vector objects to
Fusion Fill™ objects.
Use Convert > Complex Fill (popup menu) to convert vector objects to
Complex Fill objects.
Use Convert > Input C (popup menu) to convert vector objects to Input C
objects.
Use Convert > Fusion Fill™ (popup menu) to convert vector objects to
Fusion Fill™ objects.
Use Convert > Auto Appliqué (popup menu) to convert vector objects to
Appliqué objects.
Use Convert > Run (popup menu) to convert vector objects to Run objects.
You can convert vector objects to embroidery objects using Complex Fill,
Input C, or an outline input method. The resulting object takes the current
stitch type, color and object properties set for that input method. Vector
objects can be converted to appliqué. You can even send them directly to a
laser cutter. See also Cutting appliqué shapes.
Vector object Complex fill object Motif run object Fusion Fill object
Tip You can also create embroidery objects with turning stitches by
applying stitch angles directly to vector objects. See Adding stitch angles in
Stitch Angles mode for details.
Note If you select Complex Fill as the input method, you can select
several vector objects to create an object with multiple boundaries.
3 Select an input method from the Input toolbar.
Alternatively, right-click and select Convert > from the popup menu.
Tip Before you apply an input method, select the correct properties. For
Complex Fill and Input C, select a stitch type and set the desired effects,
otherwise the last selected stitch types and properties are used.
Tip You can also create objects with turning stitches by adding stitch
angles directly to vector objects. See Adjusting and adding stitch angles
in Reshape mode for details.
4 Follow the instruction in the prompt bar:
For Complex Fill objects, enter stitch entry and exit points and the
stitch angle points.
For Input C objects, enter width point1 and width point2.
For Auto Appliqué objects, enter stitch entry and exit points, and
follow other details as prompted. See Creating appliqué objects for
details.
For other Run objects, enter the entry point. Motif Run is converted
automatically.
Tip Press Enter to accept defaults at each step. You can edit the results
at any stage.
5 Press Enter.
Stitches are generated according to the current properties of the
selected input method. For fill input methods, the current properties
include the stitch type as well.
Tip The Point & Stitch tools can also be used with vector images created
either in a graphics package or with the ES Designer drawing tools. See
Digitizing shapes with Point & Stitch for details.
Use Run (Input toolbar or popup menu) to digitize and then convert to Triple
Run or Input C.
Use Triple Run (Input toolbar or popup menu) to digitize and then convert to
Run or Input C.
Use Motif Run (Input toolbar or popup menu) to digitize and then convert to
Run or Input C.
Use Convert > Backstitch (popup menu) to convert vector objects to
Backstitch objects.
Use Convert > Stemstitch (popup menu) to convert vector objects to
Stemstitch objects.
Use Input C (Input toolbar or popup menu) to digitize and then convert to
Run or Triple Run.
Tip You can convert vector objects to embroidery objects (and vice versa)
in the same way. See also Converting vector objects to embroidery.
Run object
Tip Press Enter to accept defaults at each step. You can edit the results
at any stage.
The object is converted.
Use Fusion Fill™ (Input toolbar or popup menu) to convert objects from Input
A or B to Fusion Fill™.
Use Complex Fill (Input toolbar or popup menu) to convert objects from Input
A or B to Complex Fill.
You can easily convert objects from Input A or Input B to Complex Fill or
Fusion Fill™. This is useful for editing. For example, as curved fill effects can
only be used with Complex Fill objects, you can add them to Input A or B
shapes by first converting to Complex Fill. Also when scaling designs, an
Input A or B shape may become too big for Turning Satin. By converting to
Complex Fill or Fusion Fill™, you can apply fixed or turning Tatami or some
other fill stitch type. If the original object has overlapping areas, these are
removed. See also Object interconversion.
Tip You can also convert Complex Fill objects to turning stitches using the
Stitch Angles tool. You can even convert vector objects to embroidery in
the same way. See Adding stitch angles in Stitch Angles mode and
Converting vector objects to embroidery for details.
Enter angle
points
Press Enter
Tip You can change an Auto Appliqué or vector object to a Complex Fill
object in the same way. You can also convert Complex Fill to Fusion
Fill™.
Use Auto Appliqué (Input toolbar or popup menu) to convert objects from
Complex Fill to Auto Appliqué.
Frame-out position
Note You can convert a vector object to an Auto Appliqué object in the
same way.
Use Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to reshape selected objects, edit stitch
angles, and adjust entry/exit points.
Use Show Reshape Nodes (Reshape toolbar) to toggle reshape node
display when using the Reshape Object tool.
Use Show Stitch Angles (Reshape toolbar) to toggle stitch angle display
when using the Reshape Object tool.
entry point
Note When editing an Input A object in Reshape Mode, turning off the
Show Reshape Nodes button also disables the Show Stitch Angles
button. When editing an Input C object or any outline object, the Show
Stitch Angles button is always disabled.
Tip The Show Reshape Nodes button can be toggled using the hotkey
combination Alt+N. The Show Stitch Angles button can be toggled
using the hotkey combination Alt+A.
To view the next or previous objects, press Tab or Shift+Tab keys.
Note Pressing Tab or Shift+Tab also causes all changes to the object to
be accepted.
Change object shapes with the Reshape Object tool. Use it to add, delete,
or move reshape nodes on the object outline. For some objects, you can also
change corner points to curves.
Note The Reshape Object tool lets you modify shapes without affecting
the stitch angles and the entry and exit points.
Right-click
Left-click
OR
Click to select—hold Drag bounding box Hold down Shift and right or
down Ctrl to select around reshape left-click to select range of nodes
multiple nodes nodes to select
Drag reshape
nodes Press Enter
Delete reshape
nodes Press Enter
If the object only has two reshape nodes—or two pairs of reshape nodes
as in the case of Input A objects—deleting one deletes the whole object.
8 Press Spacebar to toggle between selected corner and curve reshape
nodes and press Enter.
Tip If you make a mistake, press Esc to remove the changes, press Esc
again to exit Reshape mode.
Select reshape
nodes and press
spacebar Press Enter
Note You can also adjust stitch angles as required, as well as change
entry and exit points. See Adjusting stitch angles and Adjusting
entry/exit points and last stitches for details.
Use Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to reshape circle and star objects.
You can change circle/star objects from circles to ovals using the Reshape
Object tool. The Show Stitch Angles icon is disabled. Circle/star objects
have two reshape nodes (used to change the radius and orientation of the
object), a center point (used to reposition it), and an entry point.
Tip To scale a circle without changing it to an oval, select it with the Select
Object tool, and use the selection handles to scale it.
Entry point
90°
Stitch angle
You can reshape the inner and outer boundaries of ring objects with the
Reshape Object tool. Reshaping rings is similar to reshaping circle/star
objects except that you reshape each boundary individually. Each boundary
has two reshape nodes for changing radius and orientation, as well as a
center point for moving the boundary. The object has a single entry point.
Entry point
Click-and-drag
Press Enter
reshape node
Click-and-drag
center point Press Enter
Note The center points are generally on top of each other to begin with,
and may not be visible.
Note You cannot change the stitch angle of Star, Ring and Input C objects
as the stitches automatically turn to follow the shape. You can, however,
change the stitch angle of Circle objects by moving the entry point. See
Reshaping circle, star and ring objects for details.
Use Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to add stitch angles to selected Input
A and B objects.
Use Show Stitch Angles (Reshape toolbar) to toggle stitch angle display
when using the Reshape Object tool.
You can adjust the stitch angle of embroidery objects interactively using the
Reshape Object tool. ES Designer also lets you add stitch angles to
Input A, Input B or Fusion Fill™ objects while in Reshape Object mode.
Input A objects thereby convert to Input B. See also Converting between
object types.
You can also use the Reshape Object tool to add individual reshape nodes
on either side of Input A and B objects, modifying the shape without
affecting the stitch angles. See Reshaping embroidery objects for details.
Tip You can change the stitch angle of Complex Fill objects using object
properties. See Adjusting stitch angles using object properties for details.
2 Click the Reshape Object icon and click Show Stitch Angles to view
only these control points.
3 Click-and-drag stitch angle points to their required positions.
4 Select and adjust the end points as required.
Note You cannot add stitch angles to Complex Fill objects in Reshape
mode. See Adding stitch angles in Stitch Angles mode for details.
5 Holding down the Ctrl key, click the outline wherever you want to place
a stitch angle line.
Input A object Input B object with stitch Fusion Fill object with
converted to Input B angle added stitch angle added
Use Stitch Angles (Pointer toolbar or popup menu) to add stitch angles to
selected Complex Fill objects.
Modify the stitch angles of Complex Fill and Fusion Fill™ objects with the
Stitch Angles tool. You can also create objects with turning stitches by
adding stitch angles directly to vector objects. Adding stitch angles to
Complex Fill or vector objects converts them to Fusion Fill™. See also
Converting between object types.
3 Digitize stitch angles so that they intersect two sides of the object.
Make sure that they do not intersect each other.
4 Press Enter.
The object is re-generated with the new angles.
Use Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to adjust the entry and exit points of
selected objects.
Use Show Start/End (Reshape toolbar) to toggle entry/exit point display
when using the Reshape Object tool.
You can change the entry and exit points of individual objects. Aim to place
the end point next to adjoining objects for smaller connecting stitches, or to
reduce the number of travel runs.
Tip To view the next or previous objects, press Tab or Shift+Tab keys.
Pressing these keys also causes all changes to the object to be accepted.
4 Press Enter.
Click Keep Last Stitch (Pointer toolbar) to keep the last stitch in a column.
Right-click to omit the last stitch in a column.
If you are digitizing adjoining columns, you can keep or omit the last stitch
in the first column to achieve a smoother join or shorter connecting stitches.
columns smoothly
joined
columns with
unwanted space
Note This feature only applies when the exit point is at the end of the
column—i.e. the default exit point. Moving the exit point using the Reshape
Object tool overrides the Keep Last Stitch/Omit Last Stitch command.
columns
smoothly joined
Tip Alternatively press Spacebar to omit the last stitch or Enter keep it.
Press Spacebar—last
stitch omitted
Press Enter—last
stitch kept
Use Stitch Edit (Pointer toolbar) to select individual stitches for editing.
You can select individual stitches in Stitch Edit mode by selecting their
needle points.
Tip Zoom in and display the needle points for easier selection.
Use Stitch Edit (Pointer toolbar) to select stitches with a bounding box.
With the Stitch Edit tool activated, you can select stitches by dragging a
bounding box around them.
stitches
selected
bounding
box
Use Stitch List (Standard toolbar) to toggle Stitch List display on and off. Use
it to select individual stitches.
You can view and select individual stitches in your design by means of the
Stitch List. See also Editing stitches and functions with Stitch List.
Tip To display the text in black, select Black Text from the popup menu
(right-click). To display the text in the associated stitch color, select
MultiColored Text. To change the background color of the Stitch List,
select Background Color and edit to suit stitch colors.
2 Click a stitch in the Stitch List to select it.
Stitches selected in the Stitch List are also selected in the design, and
vice versa.
To select a range of stitches, hold down Shift as you select.
To select multiple stitches, hold down Ctrl as you select.
Selected
stitches
Tip Right-click inside the Stitch List to access the popup menu options.
For example, you can select to display the Stitch List in black and white,
or open the Stitch Edit dialog. See Editing stitch coordinates with Stitch
List for details.
Use Stitch Edit (Pointer toolbar) to select individual stitches for editing.
You can select a range of stitches with Selects On activated. The Selects
On tool adds stitches to the selection.
Note If the Stitch Edit tool is not selected, Selects On has no effect.
Use Stitch Edit (Pointer toolbar) to select individual stitches for editing.
Note If the Stitch Edit tool is not selected, Selects On has no effect.
4 Travel through the design. See Traveling by stitches for details.
As you travel, stitches are added to the selection.
Travel 10 Stitches
tool used
Deselecting stitches
You can deselect individual stitches from a group of selected stitches or
cancel all selections in the design.
To deselect stitches
Deselect individual stitches using the following method.
Travel backwards by one stitch.
Editing stitches
You can insert stitches in an object to fill gaps. You can move or delete
individual or clusters of selected stitches.
Warning If an object’s stitches are regenerated for any reason, all stitch
editing functions are lost. Where possible, edit the object properties rather
than individual stitches.
Inserting stitches
You can insert stitches in an object to fill gaps. Inserted stitches are
considered part of the object (rather than independent objects). They will,
however, be lost if the object’s stitches are regenerated. Where possible,
edit the object properties rather than individual stitches. For example, to
increase stitch density, reduce spacing rather than insert stitches.
Note Inserting stitches is different from creating stitches using the Manual
input method. Using the Manual tool you create a separate object, with its
own properties and connectors. See Digitizing individual stitches for details.
To insert stitches
1 Click the Stitch Edit icon.
2 Zoom into the area you want to edit.
3 Select a needlepoint.
Right-click
5 Move the mouse to where you want to insert the next stitch, and
right-click.
Right-click
Moving stitches
Use Stitch Edit (Pointer toolbar) to select individual stitches for moving.
Warning If an object’s stitches are regenerated for any reason, all stitch
editing functions are lost. Where possible, reshape the object rather than
move individual stitches. See Converting and Reshaping Objects for details.
To move stitches
1 Click the Stitch Edit icon.
2 Select stitches and drag them to a new position.
shadow outline
Drag selected
stitch to new
position
3 Press Enter.
Deleting stitches
Use Stitch Edit (Pointer toolbar) to select individual stitches for deletion.
Warning If an object’s stitches are regenerated for any reason, all stitch
editing functions are lost. Where possible, edit the object properties rather
than individual stitches. See Adjusting Satin stitch spacing, Adjusting Tatami
stitch spacing and length and Adjusting stitch density for details.
To delete stitches
1 Click the Stitch Edit icon.
2 Select a stitch or stitches.
3 Press Delete.
Select
stitches
Press
Delete
New or revised object outlines can be recognized after stitch edits have been
made. This capability is particularly useful with stitch files which have been
opened without Object/Outline recognition. You may do this to preserve
the original stitching in most of the design, while modifying a single section
of it. You may also want to turn edited stitches into an embroidery object in
order to preserve the edits. See also Recognizing object/outlines after
editing.
Stitches selected
Objects and
outlines
created
Trim functions
Trim functions instruct machines with trimmers to cut connecting threads
before moving to the next object. You insert trims automatically by setting
connector values or using the Trim tool. See Adjusting automatic trim after
settings and Adding trims for details.
If you need additional trims, you can insert the functions manually. See
Editing machine functions for details.
Note If a machine does not have a trimmer, the Trim function is ignored.
Depending on the machine format, the Trim function may be a code or a
sequence of jumps. See Setting trim functions for details.
Stop functions
If you want the embroidery machine to stop for any special reason during
stitching, you need to manually insert a Stop function in the stitching
sequence. See Editing machine functions for details.
Tip Because a Stop function may be inserted for various reasons, you
should record the purpose of the stop on the production worksheet to assist
the machine operator.
Use Insert Function (Machine menu) to insert machine functions manually in your
design.
You can insert machine functions manually by means of the Insert Function
dialog. Depending on your machine’s requirements, you will either add the
function to the current stitch, or insert it on an empty stitch or empty jump.
For some machines you will also need to add empty stitches or empty jumps
on either side of some functions. See your machine manual for details.
Note The available functions and their options depend on the selected
machine format. See also Selecting machine formats.
Additional empty
stitches inserted
before and after
selected function
Tip The Stitch List provides an alternative means for inserting machine
functions manually. See Editing stitch coordinates with Stitch List for
details.
Use Edit Function (Machine menu) to add empty stitches/empty jumps to machine
functions.
You can edit the encoding of machine functions by changing the number or
sequence of empty stitches or empty jumps that appear around them. Some
machines require a specific number of empty stitches or empty jumps in
combination with a function in order to interpret it correctly. You may need
to edit functions if they were inserted incorrectly or the machine format has
changed.
Note You generally only need to edit manually inserted machine functions.
Functions added by ES Designer are automatically updated if the machine
format changes.
Insert empty
stitch/jump before or
after the machine
function
The Sequence panel shows the current format of the selected function.
3 To insert additional empty stitches or empty jumps, select one or other
in the Component field.
Select Insert Before if you want the empty stitch/jump to precede the
selected function.
Select Insert After if you want the empty stitch/jump to follow the
selected function.
4 To insert multiple empty stitches or jumps, click Add.
5 To delete an empty stitch or empty jump from the sequence, select it,
then click Remove.
6 Click OK.
Tip The Stitch List provides an alternative means for editing machine
functions manually. See Editing machine functions with Stitch List for
details.
Use Clear Function (Machine menu) to clear a manually inserted machine function
from your design.
Tip The Stitch List provides an alternative means for editing machine
functions manually. See Editing machine functions with Stitch List for
details.
Use Stitch List (Standard toolbar) to toggle Stitch List display on/off. Use it to
edit coordinates of individual stitches.
Use the Stitch List to edit the coordinates, and therefore position, of
individual stitches.
Note Changes to stitch coordinates are stitch edits and will be lost if the
object’s stitches are regenerated.
Enter new
coordinates
Note The specified coordinates will change the location of the stitch end
point.
4 Click OK.
The stitch is regenerated in the new position and the Stitch List
information is updated.
Use Stitch List (Standard toolbar) to toggle Stitch List display on/off. Use it to
insert machine functions directly into the stitching sequence.
You can use the Stitch List to access the Insert Function dialog. This
provides a convenient means for inserting machine functions manually into
the stitching sequence.
Warning When you insert machine functions manually, you must maintain
them manually. For this reason, only insert manual functions if they cannot
be added automatically.
Insert machine
functions directly
3 Right-click the stitch in the Stitch List and select Insert Function from
the popup menu.
4 From the Available Functions list, select the function you want to
insert. See Inserting machine functions manually for details.
5 Click OK.
The name of the inserted function appears in the Prompt line.
Use Stitch List (Standard toolbar) to toggle Stitch List display on/off. Use it to
edit machine function encoding and to clear machine functions.
You can use the Stitch List to access the Edit Function dialog. This provides
a convenient means for editing existing machine functions. The Stitch List
also lets you clear machine functions from the stitching sequence.
Note You generally only need to edit manually inserted machine functions.
Functions added by ES Designer are automatically updated if the machine
format changes.
Edit selected
machine function
3 Right-click any stitch in the Stitch List and select Edit Function from the
popup menu.
The Edit Function dialog opens.
4 Edit the function as required. See Editing machine functions for details.
5 To remove the function altogether from the stitching sequence, select
Clear Function from the popup menu.
Use Stitch List (Standard toolbar) to toggle Stitch List display on/off. Use it to
display stitches associated with specific functions.
You can apply a filter to the Stitch List so that only stitches associated with
specific functions appear in the list.
Select functions
to show
Tip Click Select All to show all function types. To select multiple function
types, hold down Ctrl as you select. To select a range, click the first type
in the range, then hold down Shift and click the last type in the range.
4 Click OK.
Only the selected functions are displayed in the list.
Use Stitch List (Standard toolbar) to toggle Stitch List display on/off. Use it to
display only stitches of a certain length.
You can apply a filter to the Stitch List so that only stitches of a certain
length appear in the list. The main use of this feature is to find stitches which
cause production problems, such as short stitches (e.g. < 1.0 mm). See also
Removing small stitches automatically.
Show specified
stitches
2 Right-click any stitch in the Stitch List and select Show Stitches from
the popup menu.
The Show Stitches dialog opens.
Select stitch
range to show
Textured fills
This section describes how to apply textures to fills, and how to adjust their
settings to get the results you want. Details of Tatami offsets and partition
lines are explained, as well as how to create textures with Program Split and
Flexi Split. Adding details with User Defined Split is also covered. See
Textured Fills for details.
Every object you create in ES Designer has a unique set of properties that
are stored with it whenever you save the design. These properties define
general characteristics such as size and position, as well as
embroidery-specific characteristics such as stitch type and density. The
stitch properties determine how stitches will be regenerated when you
reshape, transform or scale the object.
Object properties
Each object has its own unique set of properties stored with it. You can set
the properties of a selected object to be the current property settings. You
can also apply current property settings to existing objects.
Styles
A style is a group of property settings stored under a unique name. You can
save any combination of settings to a style. This makes it easy to apply
these settings to selected embroidery and lettering objects. When you apply
a style to an object, the style settings replace its current properties. Any
properties not specified in the style, retain their current settings.
Templates
Templates are special files used to store styles and default property settings.
Use templates when digitizing frequently-used design types to save time
re-adjusting the current property settings.
This section explains how to change the property settings in your design, as
well as how to apply, create and maintain styles and templates in
ES Designer.
Tip You can save any combination of settings to custom styles. See Working
with styles for details.
Select tab
Modify settings
as required
Tabs display at the top of the Object Properties dialog. These provide
access to all possible object property settings.
2 Select a tab to view the object properties and adjust as required.
3 Click the FX button to access another set of tabs.
4 When you are finished, click Apply.
You can make the properties of an existing object current for all newly
created objects.
Note Only the settings applicable to the selected object change. Other
settings retain their current values. For example, if you make the properties
of a selected Input C object current, settings specific to Complex Fill will not
change.
Tip To check that the now current settings are as you intended, open
the Object Properties dialog.
Whenever you change the current property settings, these will automatically
apply to any new objects you create. If you know which settings you require
before digitizing, you can preset them.
Select tab
Modify settings
as required
Tabs display at the top of the Object Properties dialog. These provide
access to all possible object property settings.
2 Select a tab to view the current settings and adjust as required.
3 Click the FX button to access another set of tabs.
4 When you are finished, click Apply.
These settings are current for all newly created objects. You can apply
them to existing objects by means of the Apply Properties Current tool.
See Applying current settings to existing objects for details.
You can change default property settings at any time by saving the current
settings in the Object Properties dialog to the current template. If the
settings you are saving are based on a selected object, only these values
are updated in the template.
Note All changes affect any new designs created using this template. If you
only want the changes to apply to the design you are working in, change the
current—not the default—properties. See Modifying current property
settings for details.
Change settings
as required
Click to save to
template
2 Select the tab you want and change the settings as required.
3 Click Save.
The object properties are saved to the current template. These will
apply to any new objects in any design based on this template.
Tip You may wish to save your modified property settings to a custom
template for certain specialist purposes. See Working with design
templates for details.
Styles toolbar
Applying styles
Click Apply Style (Styles toolbar) to apply a style from the template to new or
selected objects.
Use the Styles toolbar to apply favorite styles to new or selected objects.
When you select a style, the settings overwrite the current property
settings. You can apply a style to current property settings before you
digitize, or to a selected object. See also Working with object properties.
Tip If you are using a digitizing tablet, you can quickly switch between
preset styles. Each button on the puck accesses the next preset style with
different spacing settings. For example, clicking Button 1 accesses
<PRESET_SATIN_1>.
To apply styles
1 Click the Apply Style icon.
The Use Object Style dialog opens.
Tip To apply a favorite style, click the Favorite Style icon assigned to
it. See also Assigning favorite styles.
Select Define Style (Stitch menu) to make the properties of a selected object current
for the design.
Note The stitch type, settings and effects you specify for the new style do
not automatically change the current property settings. See also Applying
current settings to existing objects.
My Style
Click to define new style
3 Click New.
Tip If you want the new style to be added to the Style toolbar, select
the Add to Favorites checkbox.
6 Click OK.
The Object Properties dialog opens. If you selected a style to base the
new style on, those settings will display.
7 Update the Object Properties tabs for the new style.
Note You do not have to enter values in all fields, only those you
specifically wish to store.
8 Click Apply and close the dialogs.
The new style is saved to the current template.
You can assign up to ten favorite styles to tool icons on the Styles toolbar.
To apply the style, you then simply select the tool.
2 Click Favorites.
The Organize Favorites dialog opens.
Click Add
3 Click Add.
The Add To Favorites dialog opens.
You can merge settings from one style to another. When you merge, the
settings from the second style overwrite the first.
To merge styles
1 Select Stitch > Define Style.
The Organize Styles dialog opens.
Modifying styles
Tip At some stage, you may want to revert to the original style settings in
the NORMAL template. See Reverting to the NORMAL template for details.
To modify a style
1 Select Stitch > Define Style.
The Organize Styles dialog opens.
Note Changes apply only to future uses of the style. Existing objects
based on the style are not affected.
Renaming styles
You can rename a style without affecting its settings.
To rename a style
1 Select Stitch > Define Style.
The Organize Styles dialog opens.
Deleting styles
You can remove any unwanted styles from a template.
Tip At some stage, you may want to revert to the original style settings in
the NORMAL template. See Reverting to the NORMAL template for details.
Note If necessary, you can revert to the original NORMAL template after
modifying it. See Reverting to the NORMAL template for details.
Note You cannot overwrite templates by accident. Each time you create a
new design from a template, ES Designer opens a duplicate. When you save
the design the first time, the Save As dialog opens so you can save the
template under a new name.
Tip You can enter lettering baselines on their own but it helps to include
sample text. You can overtype the sample text when using the template.
4 Select File > Save As.
The Save As dialog opens.
Note The template list only appears when you start a design from the File
menu. If you select the New tool on the Standard toolbar, the NORMAL
template is applied by default. See also Creating new designs with the
NORMAL template.
Note Changes apply only to future uses of the template. Existing designs
based on the template are not affected.
You can easily save current property settings to the current template. See
also Working with object properties.
Select tab
Modify settings
as required
Click to save to
current template
Tip To save more than one set of property settings to the template, save
them as styles. See Defining new styles for details.
Click OK
Select Templates
Digitize filled circles and ovals with a few clicks. You can use any fill stitch
type with circles and ovals although Contour stitch looks most effective with
long, narrow ovals.
circle with
Program Split
oval with Contour
Tip To achieve a spiral contour fill effect for a circle, digitize the circle using
a different input method—e.g. Ring—leaving a small hole in the middle.
Use Circle/Star (Input toolbar) to digitize star shapes filled with Zigzag
stitching.
You can digitize circles and ovals which use turning Zigzag stitches to create
a ‘Star’ or ‘French dot’.
Note Stars are only stitched using Zigzag. You cannot select a different
stitch type for this effect. See also Corresponding object and stitch types.
To digitize stars
1 Right-click the Circle/Star icon.
2 Digitize the reference points for the star.
Click to mark the center of the star. A circle outline attaches to the
pointer.
Move the pointer until the outline is the required size, then click to
mark the radius reference point. This point becomes the entry point
for the whole object.
To create a circular star, press Enter.
2
reference point
1
center
To create an oval star, click again to mark the second radius point,
then press Enter.
Digitizing rings
You can digitize rings with a variety of fill stitch types. Contour stitch is well
suited to rings, as it runs stitches around the ring in a spiral pattern. See
also Corresponding stitch types, input methods, and effects.
Tip Digitize the inner circle first to ensure that the stitches push outwards.
To digitize rings
1 Click the Ring icon.
2 Digitize the inner boundary of the ring.
Click once to mark the center of the inner boundary. A circle outline
attaches to the pointer.
Move the pointer until the outline is the required size, and click to
mark the radius reference point. This point becomes the entry point
for the whole object.
Press Enter to create a circle, or click again to mark a second radius
point for an oval.
The outline of the second boundary now attaches to the pointer.
reference
4 point
reference
2 point
3
1 center reference
point
Reinforcing outlines
Use Backtrack for open shapes Use Repeat for closed shapes
Note If you use Repeat for open shapes, a connecting stitch is inserted
from the end to the start of the object which will require trimming.
To reinforce outlines
1 Select the object (or objects) to reinforce an outline.
2 Click the Backtrack/Repeat icon to backtrack, right-click to repeat.
The object is duplicated and placed on top of the original. It is the same
color as the original and is positioned after it in the stitching sequence.
3 Check that the object has been duplicated by using one of the following
methods:
Select cutters
3 In the Cutters panel, enter the minimum object width and the
maximum stitch spacing allowed.
These settings are useful if, for example, you choose an entire design as
a cutter and wish to exclude objects, such as borders or details, less
than a certain width. The Maximum Stitch Spacing setting allows you
to exclude background stitches of a certain density.
4 Select Accordion Allowed to include Accordion Spacing objects.
By default, the software treats Accordion Spacing objects as
backgrounds and excludes them from the cutting operation. This option
allows you to include them.
5 Enter the amount of overlap required in the Cutting Overlaps field.
6 In the Minimum Fragments field, enter the size of the smallest object
that will be produced after cutting.
This eliminates the generation of small objects and unnecessary color
changes.
7 Click OK.
Tip You can use an entire design as a cutter excluding objects, such as
borders or details, less than a certain width.
Right-click Satin (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply Auto Split to new or selected
Satin objects.
If a Satin shape is wide, some stitches may exceed the maximum stitch the
particular embroidery machine can produce. When Auto Split is applied,
ES Designer breaks any long Satin stitches into shorter ones. It also
distributes needle penetrations in a random pattern so that they do not form
a line in the middle of the shape.
While Auto Split is used primarily to prevent long stitches in wide columns,
it can also be used as an alternative to Tatami fill. Auto Split looks more
Satin-like and works well with turning stitches, creating soft lines and a little
more depth. By contrast, Tatami is flat and can show unwanted patterns
with tight curves.
5 Click Apply.
Note Auto Jump is applied by default to connectors. See also Using jumps
as connectors.
Auto Jump can be used, for example, with manually digitized underlays. It
can also be used to create quilted effects, for example, by applying it to
Satin areas that are over-stitched with Run stitch or Motif Fill.
To create a narrow column with more ‘loft’ than normal Satin, apply Auto
Jump, in conjunction with a suitable underlay, with the maximum stitch
length set to a small value—e.g. 6 mm. If the cover stitches are short,
splitting them with a jump makes them looser and thus more effectively
raised off the fabric. See also Strengthening and stabilizing with automatic
underlays.
Use Auto Jump (Stitch Types toolbar) to preserve long stitches in new and
selected objects. Right-click to adjust settings.
Note Many machines trim by jumps. Thus, to prevent the trimmers being
activated, usually only one or two jumps between needle penetrations may
be used. See also Setting trim functions.
You can adjust Auto Jump settings to vary the length at which stitches are
converted to jumps, the length of the jumps themselves, and the method of
calculating stitch length.
Select calculation
method
Note This value must be smaller than or equal to the maximum stitch
length possible for the selected machine format. See Adjusting standard
machine format settings for details.
4 In the Jump Length field, enter the length of each jump.
Smaller jumps increase the time required to stitch out, but move the
frame more smoothly across the design.
5 In the Length Calculation panel, click the required method of
calculating stitch length.
Along Radius: measures the distance between two consecutive
needle penetrations.
Along Axis: measures either the horizontal or vertical movement
required for the stitch.
Y
measured along
measured along
radius
axis
maximum
stitch
maximum
stitch
maximum stitch
The option you select depends on the way your machine measures stitch
length. See your embroidery machine’s documentation for details.
6 Click Apply.
Use Offset Object (Generate toolbar) to create accurate outlines for any filled
embroidery object or any closed vector object.
Use the Offset Object tool to quickly create new outlines from selected
objects. Any closed object can be used, including vector objects, runs, or
any of the input types. The generated outline is an independent object that
can be reshaped or modified as required. Use offset objects to highlight
design details—e.g. small Satin objects—or create seamless borders. You
can center generated objects over the original outline or offset them.
Various offset object types are available—Run, Triple Run, Motif Run or
Input C, Backstitch, Stemstitch, or vector objects. You can even create
offset Complex Fill and Fusion Fill™ objects.
Select rounded
Enter required offset or squared
Enter offset count corners
Choose target
object type
Replace the
original object if
required
To center the generated object over the original, accept the default
value of 0.00.
To position the generated object outside the original, enter a positive
offset (e.g. 1.00).
To position the generated object inside the original, enter a negative
offset (e.g. -1.00).
Note For Complex Fill objects, offset objects are created around all
boundaries. If necessary, select any unwanted objects, and press Delete.
Note If the Use Spiral checkbox is selected, the offsets are joined
together to create one or more spirals, according to the geometry of the
original outline. The Offset Count field needs to be set to 2 or more.
Note The squared option allows you to adjust the angle limit—first
select Cut Sharp Corners and set required angle value.
6 From the Object Type list, select an object type for the offset object(s).
Tip If you are using Input C, set the column width in the Object
Properties dialog before you start as the default setting is generally too
wide.
7 Adjust the Approximation setting as required.
This controls the smoothness of the generated object outline—the larger
the value, the smoother the curve. The smaller the value, the greater
the number of reshape points.
Warning If angle lines in the offset object cross, they are removed
one-by-one until the object can be generated. If this happens, you are
prompted to continue.
Use Offset Object (Generate toolbar) to create accurate outlines for any filled
embroidery object or any closed vector object.
Select rounded
or squared
corners
Select variable
offset
Choose a target
object type
Replace the
original object if
required
Specify offset
values
Select required
number of
offsets
6 Select other options as required. See Creating offset objects with fixed
spacings for details.
7 Click OK.
Use Filled Holes (Insert menu) to create new objects from object outlines.
Create new objects from boundaries in Complex Fill or Fusion Fill™ objects
using the Filled Holes feature. This lets you fill holes formed by existing
boundaries, without having to re-digitize the shape. When you fill a hole, a
new object is created using the current fill stitch type. You can choose to fill
the hole exactly or offset it.
positive offset-gap
between objects
negative offset-
overlapping objects
Note If you do not want to fill all the holes, select the unwanted new
objects, and press Delete.
Select border
Adjust border
width
Click to insert
Tip Print a copy of appliqué patterns to use in cutting out fabric pieces. Each
appliqué pattern piece is numbered according to the stitching sequence. See
Printing appliqué patterns for details.
Tip Follow the prompts in the Prompt Line to help you digitize. If you
make a mistake, press Backspace to delete the last reference point, then
continue digitizing.
3 Press Enter to close the shape.
4 Click the outline to set the stitch entry and exit points or press Enter to
accept the defaults.
5 If prompted to do so, mark the frame-out position.
To use the current frame out values, press Enter. See also Adjusting
the default frame-out position.
To specify a frame out position, click a point on the design.
frame out
position
Note If you select None as the Frame Out option in the Object
Properties > Auto Appliqué dialog for both guide and tack stitching,
you will not be prompted to enter a frame out position. See Adjusting
guide run settings or Adjusting tacking settings for details.
6 Press Enter.
Tip When you stitch out an appliqué object, the machine stops between
layers. Before you start, lay the fabric over the design and start the
machine. When the guideline has been stitched, trim the excess
appliqué material and start the machine again for the tack and cover
stitch.
Right-click Auto Appliqué (Input toolbar) to adjust Auto Appliqué guide run
settings.
2 Enter Stitch length and Offset values as required in the Guide Run
panel.
Note If you select None for both guide and tack stitching, you will not
be prompted to enter a frame-out position. See Creating appliqué
objects for details.
4 Click Apply.
Right-click Auto Appliqué (Input toolbar) to adjust Auto Appliqué frame out
settings.
When you stitch out appliqué objects, you can set a frame-out position. This
shifts the hoop out from under the needle, making it easier to place and trim
the appliqué shapes. The frame-out settings determine the distance and
direction of the hoop movement.
inside: 25% outside: 75% inside: 50% outside: 50% inside: 75% outside: 25%
Note If you select None for both guide and tack stitching, you will not
be prompted to enter a frame-out position.
5 Click Apply.
Right-click Auto Appliqué (Input toolbar) to adjust Auto Appliqué cover stitch
settings.
The cover stitch is the Satin border around the appliqué shape. You can
change the width of the cover stitch, and offset it to the inside or outside of
the digitized outline. An extra line of stitching can be added if you need to
trim the appliqué fabric in position. If the fabric has been pre-cut, this
cutting line is not needed.
Adjust cover
stitch settings
Select cutting
method
Tip Ungroup the auto-appliqué object, then Select All and generate the
stitches. You now have a guide stitch, cutting line, tack down and cover
stitch that are separate objects. This allows you to edit them separately
or resequence by color. This technique is useful when you have multiple
auto-appliqué objects in the same design.
2 Select the appliqué shapes in the group and select Stitch > Partial
Appliqué.
partial cover
unstitched part of
boundary
Note When creating Stipple objects, you need to preset the stitch values.
You can, however, adjust the stitch settings of the generated Run object via
the Object Properties dialog.
Adjust stitch
settings
Choose whether to
replace original
object
Min stitch length: 0.1 mm Min stitch length: 0.4 mm Min stitch length: 0.7 mm
Chord Gap: 0.01 mm Chord Gap: 0.03 mm Chord Gap: 0.05 mm
With Tatami fills you can specify how each row is offset in order to create
patterns formed by needle penetrations. You do this by adjusting either
offset fractions or partition lines. With only two offsets available, the number
of patterns is limited, but even with small offsets, visible lines are produced.
Partition lines, with up to eight offsets, can create more patterns. Using a
random factor you can eliminate patterns formed by regular needle
penetrations and distribute stitches randomly inside the shape.
Tip Auto Split can be used to create special textures in Satin stitches as an
alternative to Tatami fill. See Splitting long stitches with Auto Split for
details.
Tip By adjusting the offsets, you can also improve the quality of turning
Tatami where the pattern may be disturbed by non-parallel stitches.
Changing the offsets can reduce this interference.
Diagonal lines: set both fields to any value other than 0.00, 0.50
and 1.00. Diagonal lines are less noticeable than horizontal or
vertical lines. Vary both values to change the angle of the lines and
the distance between them.
Other: set one field to 0.00, and experiment with the other values
to place the needle penetrations on the forward and backward rows
close to each other, but with different effects.
4 Click Apply.
stitch length
knot 2
row 1
knot 0 knot 0
row 2
knot 1
row 3
knot 4
row 4
knot 3
row 5
In this partition sequence (20143), there are five rows of stitches indicated
by the five digits. The stitch length is also divided into five knots numbered
0 to 4. (In any pattern, both the number of rows and the number of knots
are determined by the number of digits in the sequence number.)
The first digit in the sequence, 2, is the knot number at which the needle
penetration will occur in the first row. The second digit, 0, is the knot
assigned to the second row. And so on. Thus, each row in a partition
sequence is assigned a digit which represents a particular knot.
Note Because Partition Line allows you to specify only up to eight Tatami
offsets (0 to 7), the software ignores digits 8 and 9 and nothing appears in
the entry field.
row 1
row 2
row 3
row 4
row 5
4 In the Angle field, enter the grid angle you require. See Setting the
angle for details.
Sequence: 11
Angle: 135
Sequence: 11
Angle: 45
5 Click Apply.
Using a random factor you can eliminate the split line patterns formed by
regular needle penetrations and distribute the stitches randomly inside the
shape. This can create interesting mottled effects.
Random factor: 0%
Use Program Split (Stitch Types toolbar) to create decorative fill stitches
where needle penetrations form a tiled pattern. Right-click to adjust settings.
Program Split is a decorative fill stitch in which the needle penetrations form
a tiled pattern. Select a pre-defined pattern or create your own.
Click Program Split (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply the effect to new or
selected objects.
You can apply Program Split to a wide variety of objects. The current
Program Split values are set in the Object Properties > Fills dialog. You
can adjust these either before or after applying the effect. See also
Corresponding stitch types, input methods, and effects.
Tip Turn on TrueView or click the Show Needle Points icon to see the
Program Split effect.
You can select a wide variety of program split patterns from the Object
Properties dialog. Select the pattern either before or after digitizing the
object. Set the exact program split pattern size in the Object Properties
dialog.
pattern preview
Click to expand Click to select pattern
pattern list
Select pattern
Enter pattern width
and height
5 Click Apply.
Satin-in-Satin Tatami-in-Tatami
Satin-in-Tatami
3 Click Apply.
Right-click Program Split (Stitch Types toolbar) to access column and row
spacing settings.
Set the exact row and column spacing in program split objects. Column and
row spacing settings determine the distance between grid lines. Patterns are
placed at intersection points—the center of each pattern coincides with an
intersection.
The initial settings define a simple grid, where the spacing equals the
dimensions of the pattern. The row offset is set to 0.00 mm so columns and
rows are perpendicular.
Note Spacing is measured from the start of each pattern. Thus, to define
a new spacing setting, add the distance you require between patterns to the
original setting. Reducing it will cause the patterns to overlap.
2 In the Column panel, set the spacing and offset settings for columns in
the pattern grid.
Spacing: the distance between each vertical column of patterns.
4 Click Apply.
Specify the stitch length, minimum stitch length and spacing settings for
program split objects, in the same way as for other fill stitch types.
5 Click Apply.
Right-click Program Split (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust row and column
offset settings.
column and row offset: 0 row offset: 3 column offset: 3 column and row offset: 3
Enter stitch
Enter column offset
offset
2 Enter an offset for each column of the pattern in the Column > Offset
field.
Tip As a rule, it only makes sense to use values between 0 and half the
pattern size. For example, if the pattern is 8 mm, select row and column
offsets between 0 mm and 4 mm.
5 Click Apply.
You can eliminate unwanted patterns and distribute stitches evenly within a
shape using a random factor. Apply random factors to program splits that
use combinations of Satin-in-Tatami or Tatami-in-Tatami.
Note The random factor does not affect the deliberate needle penetrations
that form the pattern.
You lay out program splits on-screen in a similar way to Motif Fills by using
‘guide patterns’ to scale, space, transform and offset the entire pattern fill.
There are three blue guide patterns. Other sample patterns appear in
yellow. Each guide pattern lets you change different elements of the layout.
When you change a guide pattern, all patterns in the fill change accordingly.
See also Laying out motif fills on-screen.
Select pattern
Click to change
pattern layout
Scale
proportionally
Scale vertically
rotate
anchor
skew
Change column
spacing
Change
offset
Change row
spacing
Change
offset
Tip To revert to the original factory settings, run the Revert utility. See
Reverting to factory settings for details. Alternatively, enter the values
manually in the Object Properties > Fills > Program Split dialog and
click Save. See Program Split Samples for details.
6 Digitize the object outline as you normally would.
Note Patterns you create can also be used for Flexi Split effects.
Select pattern
Click to edit pattern
Edit pattern
Use Flexi Split (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply a decorative effect to new or
selected objects. Right-click to adjust settings.
You can apply Flexi Split to a wide variety of object and stitch types. It is
intended for use with objects with turning stitches or constantly changing
column width. You can adjust Flexi Split values either before or after
applying the effect. See also Corresponding stitch types, input methods, and
effects.
Tip Turn on TrueView or click the Show Needle Points icon to see the
effect of Flexi Split.
Right-click Flexi Split (Stitch Types toolbar) to select patterns and options.
You select Flexi Split patterns and options from the Object Properties >
Flexi Split dialog.
Pattern preview
Select Flexi Split
Select pattern
Select option
5 Adjust size and spacing settings as required. See Adjusting Flexi Split
settings for details.
6 Click Apply.
You can adjust Flexi Split settings to vary size, shape indent, spacing and
pattern offsets.
Select pattern
Select Flexi
Split option
Enter
dimensions of
largest pattern
Enter distance
between first pattern
and first stitch line
Enter spacing
and offsets
Note If you selected an option that uses more than one row of patterns,
the fields in the Row panel are available.
7 In the Row panel, enter spacing and offset settings as required.
default column and row column and row spacing row offset value changed
values decreased
8 Click Apply.
Note Split lines are not part of the object outline and cannot be reshaped
with the rest of the object.
Use User-Defined Split (Stitch Types toolbar) to create your own split line
effects. Right-click to adjust settings.
Select User-Defined Split before digitizing to add split lines to new objects.
As you digitize, you are prompted to enter the split lines. You digitize them
in the same way as Run objects. You can define multiple splits if required.
Tip Satin is the most suitable stitch type for User-Defined Split as there are
no initial needle penetrations inside the shape.
Use User-Defined Split (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply the effect to selected
objects. Right-click to adjust settings.
Tip Use any input method—including fill input methods—as only the
outlines are used to create the split lines.
2 Digitize a split line on top of the filled object, using left and right-clicks
to enter reference points, and press Enter.
Tip To use existing objects to create split lines, simply move the object
on top of the filled object you are creating lines for.
3 Select the split line object (or objects).
4 Select Special > Make Lines For > User Defined Split.
5 Press Delete to remove the split line object (or objects).
6 Select the filled object on which you digitized split lines.
7 Click the User Defined Split icon.
Tip Turn on TrueView or click the Show Needle Points icon to view the
effect.
The User-Defined Split feature sometimes creates a split line which is too
hard for certain applications such as Schiffli design work. The Split
Alternate Stitch Lines setting softens the split line.
user-defined
split
4 Click Apply.
Split lines are softened.
split lines
applied
Tip ES Designer also provides special tools to create patterns from needle
penetrations. These include Program Split, User Defined Split and Flexi
Split. See Textured Fills for details.
Click Jagged Edge (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply the effect to new or
selected objects.
Apply Jagged Edge to create a rough edge along one or more sides of an
object. Change settings before or after applying the effect. See Adjusting
Jagged Edge settings for details.
Tip For objects filled with Tatami, use Diagonal backstitch for the best
results. See Selecting a Tatami backstitch for details.
Adjust Jagged Edge settings to change the side of the object to which the
effect is applied. You can also set the range within which stitches will fall.
Select Jagged
Edge
Adjust Jagged
Edge settings
5 In the Range field, enter the margin within which you want the stitches
to fall.
Range: 1.5
Range: 4
6 Click Apply.
Use Trapunto (Stitch Types toolbar) to force underlying travel runs to the
edges of a selected object. Right-click to adjust Trapunto settings.
The Trapunto effect automatically moves underlying travel runs to the edges
of an object so they can’t be seen. It also applies consistent row spacing and
prevents segments from overlapping, regardless of the Overlapping Rows
setting. Without it, travel runs, spacing variations and overlapping rows
between segments are visible and can spoil the effect of open stitching.
Another major use of Trapunto is with color blending which is created by a
combination of Trapunto and Accordion Spacing. Accordion Spacing extends
the usefulness of Trapunto by providing a simple way to produce variation
in a filled pattern and the illusion of depth in a design. Trapunto and
Accordion Spacing can also be combined with Liquid and Florentine effects
to produce curved color blending. See also Creating color blending effects
and Creating curved fills with Florentine Effect.
Note The Trapunto feature is only available with Complex Fill objects using
Tatami stitching.
Spacing: 5 mm Spacing: 3 mm
Use Accordion Spacing (Stitch Types toolbar) to vary stitch spacing between
dense and open fill. Right-click to adjust settings.
Accordion Spacing varies the stitch spacing between dense and open fill,
producing shading and color effects which are difficult to achieve manually.
Eight different Accordion Spacing effects are available. When you use
Accordion Spacing, the current spacing settings—including Auto Spacing
and Fractional Spacing—are ignored. However, other stitch effects will still
apply. See also Corresponding stitch types, input methods, and effects.
Tip Apply Trapunto effect to force underlying travel runs to the edges of an
object so that they can’t be seen through open stitching. See Creating open
stitching with Trapunto for details.
Click Accordion Spacing (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply the effect to new or
selected objects.
maximum
spacing
minimum
spacing
You can apply it using the current settings. These can be adjusted and the
type of Accordion Spacing changed either before or after you apply it.
Tip You cannot use Accordion Spacing with Contour stitch or Motif Fill.
However, you can also use Accordion Spacing over standard Tatami to create
interesting shading effects.
Use the Object Properties dialog to select the Accordion Spacing type and
set the minimum and maximum spacings.
Tip Because of the open stitch, Accordion Spacing is best used without
Auto Underlay.
Tip Apply Trapunto effect to force underlying travel runs to the edges
of an object so that they can’t be seen through open stitching. See
Creating open stitching with Trapunto for details.
5 Click Apply.
Color Blending can be applied to ungrouped objects filled with Satin, Tatami,
Zigzag, E Stitch, or Program Split stitch, or objects outlined with Satin or
E Stitch.
maximum
spacing
minimum
spacing
Select first
Spacing effect
Select second
Spacing effect
3 In the Top Layer panel, select a profile and color, and set spacing
values.
4 Repeat this step with the Bottom Layer panel.
Top and Bottom Layer Top and Bottom Layer Top and Bottom Layer Top and Bottom Layer
Linear Profile Exponential Profile Convex Profile Wave Profile
Use Contour (Stitch Types toolbar) to create curved fills where stitches follow
the contours of the shape. Right-click to adjust Contour settings.
Standard Contour
Standard Contour creates rows of stitches across the shape, perpendicular
to the digitized stitch angle. The number of stitch lines is constant, so the
Standard Contour
Spiral Contour
Spiral Contour creates a single, continuous line of stitching that spirals
around to fill the shape. Typically, it is used for rings and borders, but it is
also suitable for other closed shapes.
Spiral Contour
Spiral Contour can only be used with closed shapes with two outlines such
as rings. If a shape is not properly closed, it will be filled with Standard
Contour instead. You cannot use Spiral Contour with Circle objects.
Tip To fill a solid shape with Spiral Contour, create a closed object with a
very small hole at the center. For example, to create a circle filled with Spiral
Contour, digitize a thick ring with a very small inner boundary.
Apply Contour to filled objects in the same way as other stitch types—by
selecting it from the toolbar either before or after digitizing.
2 3
4
1 5
Input B
6 10
7 9
8
3
2 4
1 stitch bunching
Input B
8 at sharp ends
5
7
6
Standard
Spiral
Standard
Borderline
Set the stitch settings for Contour fills to adjust the stitch length, spacing
and offset fraction.
Adjust variable
stitch settings
stitch length
3.6 mm
stitch length
1.5 mm
stitch spacing:
3.0 mm
stitch spacing:
1.5 mm
5 In the Vary Stitch Length panel, set the variable stitch length values,
if required. See Setting variable run stitch lengths for details.
6 Click Apply.
Note For all other object types, use Standard Contour to achieve curved
stitching.
To apply the effect to new Complex Fill objects, select Florentine Effect
before starting.
Tip For best results, use smaller stitch lengths—e.g. 4.00 mm or less.
5 Press Enter.
Tip Use the Reshape Object tool to change the shape of the curve. See
Applying Florentine Effect to existing objects for details.
Note The Florentine Effect icon is only available with Complex Fill
objects using a suitable stitch type.
2 Click the Florentine Effect icon.
3 With the object still selected, click the Reshape Object icon.
Tip Turn on TrueView or click the Show Needle Points icon to view the
results.
Note The Florentine Effect icon is only available with Complex Fill
objects using a suitable stitch type.
2 Click the Florentine Effect icon.
3 With the object still selected, click the Reshape Object icon.
A default guideline with three corner control points appears.
4 Reshape the guideline so that it overlaps the objects you want to
include.
5 Press Enter.
ES Designer regenerates the stitches of the first selected object along
the curve.
6 With the first object selected, click the Make Properties Current icon.
The stitch properties of the first object, including the florentine effect,
now become the current settings. See Making selected object properties
current for details.
7 Apply the current settings to each of the other objects with the Apply
Current Properties tool. See Applying current settings to existing
objects for details.
Apply current
settings to selected
object
In a Florentine Effect fill, stitch lengths vary to adjust the needle point
pattern to the curve of the digitized line. You can specify how ES Designer
calculates the stitch length by choosing between Nominal and Maximum.
The Nominal setting generates roughly the same number of fill stitches as
with normal stitching. The Maximum setting generally produces smoother
curves than Nominal, but the stitch count is higher.
Tip Use Maximum when the curve is tight with respect to the stitch length.
nominal
maximum
4 Click Apply.
Use Liquid Effect (Stitch Types toolbar) to create curved stitch effects with
two guidelines.
Tip You can also apply the Liquid Effect to existing objects. To get the
required shapes, select the object and adjust the guidelines using Reshape
Object icon.
guideline 1
5 Press Enter.
Note The two guidelines must not overlap or intersect the object
outline.
7 Press Enter.
guideline 2
guideline 1
Tip To modify the guidelines, select the object and then the Reshape
Object icon. Click-and-drag the guidelines into the required shapes, and
press Enter.
As with Florentine Effect fill, you can specify how ES Designer calculates
the stitch length by choosing between Nominal and Maximum.
Tip Use Maximum when the guideline is tight with respect to the stitch
length.
Select Liquid
Effect
Nominal Maximum
4 Click Apply.
With Motif Run and Motif Fill you can use simple motifs such as hearts,
leaves or border patterns to create ornamental runs and textured fills.
Create your own motifs or use the ones provided with the software. Motifs
can be scaled, rotated and mirrored in the same way as other objects. Using
3D Warp with motif fills, you can also create interesting three dimensional
effects.
This section describes how to insert motifs into your design, and how to
rotate, mirror and scale them. It explains how to manage motifs, including
how to create your own motifs and motif sets. It also describes how to
create both motif runs and motif fills, as well as how to apply 3D effects to
motif fills.
Use Motif Run (Input toolbar) to create a string of motifs along a digitized line.
Use the Motif Run tool to create a string of motifs along a digitized line. You
can select motifs in the Object Properties dialog before or after digitizing.
You can also adjust scale and spacing settings.
Tip You can also apply Motif Run to other selected run objects such as Run,
Stemstitch, etc. See Converting between run objects for details.
Resize motif
outline to scale
To use the original size and orientation of the motif press Enter.
Right-click Motif Run (Input toolbar) to select motifs to use with Motif Run.
You can select motifs to use before or after digitizing a motif run. If you use
Motif Run without selecting a motif, a default will be used. To change a
motif after digitizing, use the Object Properties dialog as described here.
See also Selecting and inserting single motifs.
Select motif
Motif preview
Click to expand
motif list
Select motif
5 Click Apply.
The selected Motif Run object is updated according to the motif selected.
Tip Select a motif with no object selected and click Apply to make the
selection current.
You can set the exact size of motifs in a Motif Run by entering the
dimensions in the Object Properties dialog.
Note You can enter motif dimensions before or after digitizing the object.
3 In the Size X and Size Y fields, enter horizontal and vertical dimensions
for the motifs.
4 Click Apply.
Tip You can also scale motifs as you digitize Motif Run objects. See
Creating Motif Run objects for details.
Adjust the spacing between each motif in a Motif Run before or after
digitizing. See Saving motifs for details.
3 In the Spacing field, enter the distance between each repetition of the
motif.
If they do not fit the baseline exactly, ES Designer adjusts the spacing
to make them fit:
If the space remaining at the end of the baseline is less than half a
motif, the extra space is spread evenly between the motifs.
Tip You can reshape the baseline to achieve the exact spacing you
require. See Reshaping Motif Run objects for details.
Right-click Motif Run (Input toolbar) to select whether to keep or omit first
and last motifs.
If you are digitizing adjoining lines with Motif Run, you can omit the last
motif of the current object—or the first motif of the next object—to avoid an
overlap where the lines join.
Note You can adjust these settings either before or after digitizing the
object.
Use Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to reshape selected Motif Run objects.
Reshape Motif Run objects in the same way as you reshape lettering objects.
See also Special Lettering Features.
Right/left-click
to add reshape
node
Click to activate
Drag to resize motif
reshape nodes
Drag to
skew motif
Drag to
rotate motif
Use Complex Fill (Input toolbar) to create an object to apply Motif Fill to.
Use Motif Fill (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply Motif Fill to objects using current
settings. Right-click to change settings.
Digitize Complex Fill objects with Motif Fill or apply it to existing Complex
Fill objects to create decorative fill stitching using current settings. You can
select motifs in the Object Properties dialog before or after digitizing. You
can also adjust scale and spacing settings.
Use Motif Fill (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply Motif Fill to objects using current
settings. Right-click to change settings.
Select from a wide range of motifs in the Object Properties dialog. You can
mix and match different motifs for forward and backward rows, or use the
same motif for each. See also Using two-part motifs in motif fills.
2 In the Motif 1 panel, select a motif set to choose from and select a motif
from the dropdown list.
Alternatively, click the arrow button to expand the motif list for TrueView
representations of motifs and select one. See also Selecting motifs for
motif runs.
3 If you want different motifs for forward and backward rows, select the
Motif 2 checkbox.
4 In the Motif 2 panel, select the motif to use in the backward row fill
using the same method.
Different motif
selected for
backward row
Note You can scale Motif 1 and Motif 2 motifs independently. See
Scaling motifs to an exact size for details.
5 Click Apply.
Click Motif Fill (Stitch Types toolbar) to select the current motif. Select the
Motif Fill object, and click Properties to change the properties of Motif Fill
objects.
ES Designer provides two pre-defined motif sets. One contains single motifs
for fills which use the same pattern in both forward and backward rows. The
other set is intended for use with two-part motifs which use complementary
patterns for forward and backward rows.
2 In the Motif 1 panel, select the two-part motif set and select a motif
from the dropdown list.
Note You can scale Motif 1 and Motif 2 motifs independently. See
Scaling motifs to an exact size for details.
5 Click Apply.
Right-click Motif Fill (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust the exact row, column
and spacing settings.
You can adjust the exact row, column and spacing settings for motif fills. The
default settings define a simple grid where the spacing equals the motif
dimensions. The row offset is set to 0.00 mm so columns and rows are
perpendicular.
Enter column
spacing Scale and clip
motifs to fit
shape
Enter row
spacing and
offset
2 Select a motif set and motif. See Selecting motifs for motif fills for
details.
3 Enter column spacing in the Column > Spacing field.
4 Enter row spacing in the Row > Spacing field.
5 Enter row offset in the Row > Offset field.
Scale motifs to
fit grid ON
Scale motifs to
fit grid OFF
7 Select the Clip motifs to fit shape checkbox to clip motifs that do not
fit the shape.
Right-click Motif Fill (Stitch Types toolbar) to scale motifs to an exact size.
You can set the exact size of motifs in a fill. You can also scale Motif 1 and
Motif 2 motifs independently to create special effects.
2 Select a motif set and motif. See Selecting motifs for motif fills for
details.
3 In both panels, enter the dimensions of motif 1 and 2 for the forward
and backward rows:
Size X: Enter motif width.
Size Y: Enter motif height.
Note If you want the same motifs for forward and backward rows,
deselect the Motif 2 checkbox.
4 Click Apply.
The rotation angle defines the orientation of the entire motif fill pattern. It
overrides the stitch angle you set when digitizing the shape with Complex
Fill.
Enter rotation
angle
2 Select a motif set and motif. See Selecting motifs for motif fills for
details.
3 In the Rotation field, enter the rotation angle of the fill.
4 Click Apply.
Lay out motif fills on-screen in a similar way to program splits by using
‘guide motifs’ to scale, space, transform and offset the entire motif fill. There
are three blue guide motifs. Other sample motifs appear in yellow. Each
guide motif lets you change a different element of the layout. When you
change a guide motif, all other motifs change accordingly. See also Laying
out program split patterns on-screen.
Motif Fill does not have a column offset since motifs are connected along
each row. Instead you can rotate the layout to achieve a similar effect. See
Rotating motif fills by an exact amount for details.
Tip Generally you define the layout of the motif fill before digitizing the
object. If it is important to align motifs with the object boundary, digitize the
object using current settings, and change the layout afterwards.
2 Select a motif set and motif. See Selecting motifs for motif fills for
details.
Scale
proportionally
Scale
horizontally
Scale
vertically
rotate
anchor
skew
Change
column
spacing
Change row
spacing
Change
offset
Tip To revert to the original factory settings, run the Revert utility. See
Reverting to factory settings for details. Alternatively, enter the values
manually in the Object Properties > Fills > Motif Fill and click Save.
See Motif Samples for details.
Tip Small stitches may be generated along the edge of objects using 3D
Warp. You can remove these automatically. See Removing small stitches
automatically for details.
Using Globe In with 3D Warp gives a concave effect by increasing the motif
size and spacing around a center point. Globe Out gives a convex effect by
decreasing motif size and spacing.
You can apply Globe In and Globe Out to an entire object, or to a specified
part of the fill. You can modify the effect by adjusting the guide frame.
Note To apply 3D Warp to newly created objects, make sure you have
no objects selected.
2 Right-click the 3D Warp icon.
The Object Properties > Curve dialog opens.
Select 3D Warp
Select Globe In or
Globe Out
3 Select the 3D Warp checkbox, and select Globe In or Globe Out from
the list.
4 Click Apply.
OR
5 To make further adjustments, click the Reshape icon with the object
selected.
A guide frame appears around the object with three control points.
6 Adjust the control points to modify the effect as required:
Top point: change frame height
Side point: change frame width
Center point: reposition frame.
Click-and-drag
control point
Click-and-drag
to reposition
frame
7 Press Enter.
Note You need to adjust the guide frame for Perspective 3D Warp to
specify the direction in which to make motifs larger and smaller.
Note To apply 3D Warp to newly created objects, make sure you have
no objects selected.
2 Right-click the 3D Warp icon.
The Object Properties > Curve dialog opens.
Select 3D Warp
Select Perspective
3 Select the 3D Warp checkbox, and select Perspective from the list.
4 Click Apply.
5 Click the Reshape icon.
Select object
and click
Reshape
6 Adjust the frame to move the guidelines closer together or further apart.
Warning The guide frame must not cross the outer boundary of the
shape, and cannot be inside the shape.
7 Press Enter.
The perspective effect is applied.
Use Motif Run (Input toolbar) to select motifs for individual use.
Add motifs to your design by selecting them from the Object Properties
dialog.
Tip If you find it easier to insert a motif at its original size and orientation,
you can scale, rotate and mirror it later just like any other object.
Click to mark
anchor point
The motif attaches to the mouse pointer. As you move the pointer, the
motif rotates around the anchor point you marked.
3 Rotate, scale, or mirror the motif with the mouse.
To scale the motif, press Shift. Move the pointer until the motif
outline shows the required size, then click again.
Tip When mirroring and scaling, make sure the motif is at the required
rotation angle, before clicking or right-clicking.
4 Press Esc to finish.
Tip You can create motifs from patterns made in the cross stitch
program and use them to create a cross stitch sampler. See the Cross
Stitch User Manual Supplement for details.
motifs created in
Cross Stitch program
Saving motifs
The Make Motif function lets you save your own motifs for future use. Motifs
may be saved to different files or ‘motif sets’.
To save motifs
1 Select the embroidery object you want to save as a motif.
3 Select a Motif Set from the list. See also Creating motif sets.
4 Enter a name in the Motif Name field.
5 If you want to automatically remove machine functions from the motif,
select the Remove Functions checkbox.
6 Click OK.
7 Click to mark two reference points for the motif.
Reference point 2
Reference point 1
rotation direction
Reference point 1 becomes the anchor point in the final motif. Reference
point 2 becomes the rotation point.
8 Click OK.
The motif is ready to use.
Use Motif > Make (Special menu) to create your own motif set.
The Make Motif function lets you create your own ‘motif sets’ to organize
and classify your motifs.
3 Click New.
The New Motif Set dialog opens.
4 Enter a name for the new motif set and click OK.
The Motif Set is ready for use.
Note Motif sets are stored in the C:\ESWin\Userletw folder. You can
delete or rename these motif sets as required.
Deleting motifs
Use Motif > Select (Special menu) to delete motifs from a set.
To delete motifs
1 Select Special > Motif > Select.
The Select Motif dialog opens.
2 Select the motif to delete.
3 Click Delete.
A confirmation message appears.
4 Click Yes.
2 Click the Add button to add sequin types to the Sequin Palette.
Select sequin
to add
Click to add to
palette
Drag crosshairs to
adjust color
Select sequin
to use
Note The Backtrack/Repeat tool is enabled for Sequin Run objects. See
Reinforcing outlines for details.
Use Sequin Run Auto (Sequin toolbar) to create a string of sequins along a
digitized line according to current settings.
Use Sequin Run Manual (Sequin toolbar) to manually digitize sequin-drops
along a digitized line.
Use the Sequin Run input method to create a string of sequins along a
digitized line. You have the option of digitizing individual sequin drops with
the manual method, or letting the system automatically generate drops
along the line according to current settings. Digitize lines as you would motif
runs. Fixing stitches are generated automatically according to current
settings.
Note Sequin Mode is currently only supported in Schiffli, Tajima, and ZSK
embroidery machine formats. Before you can use Sequin Mode, you must
select a machine format that supports it. See Selecting machine formats for
details.
Press Enter
Digitize outline—left-click
corner points, right-click
curve points
Press Enter
Digitize individual
sequins—left-click corner
points, right-click curve points
You can select sequins before or after digitizing a sequin run. Similarly, you
can preset fixing stitches or change them at any stage.
Note Sequin Run stitch has potential as a decorative stitch in its own right.
For this purpose you can select None in the Sequin Palette. This option is
best used with the Sequin Drop Direction set to Any. See also Changing
sequin-drop direction.
Click to open
Fixing Type
Chooser
Fixing stitch
preview
Select fixing
stitch type
Note To close the Fixing Type Chooser, click the Fixing Type Chooser
button again.
6 To adjust the fixing stitch size, select one of the followings:
Adjust automatic or
manual settings
7 Click Apply.
Select
special tab
Select sequin
Select sequin
drop direction
Select to prevent
multiple penetrations
Warning With the Any option, direction is not important. This option
generates the least number of fixing stitches but may not be suitable for
your sequin device. It should be used by experienced digitizers only.
4 Enter an angle in the Max Angle field to specify an angular range within
which drop sequin stitch will fall.
You can set the value for either North or South fixing stitches. The
default is 90° but this can be increased or decreased depending on the
capabilities of your machine.
Select spacing
method
Tip If you want the sequins irregular, digitize using the Sequin Run
Manual tool and for fine-tuning of individual sequin spacings, use the
Reshape tool. See also Scaling and reshaping sequin runs.
5 Adjust the minimum, run and maximum stitch lengths when connecting
the fixing stitches, if required.
6 Click Apply.
Note Sequin Mode is currently only supported in Schiffli, Tajima, and ZSK
embroidery machine formats. Before you can use Sequin Mode, you must
select a machine format that supports it. See Selecting machine formats for
details.
Right-click to ‘drop’ a
sequin
Left-click to digitize
fixing stitches
Use Vectors to Sequins (Sequin toolbar) to create a sequin run from a set of
sequin vector objects selected by intersecting line.
Note Sequin Mode is currently only supported in Schiffli, Tajima, and ZSK
embroidery machine formats. Before you can use Sequin Mode, you must
select a machine format that supports it. See Selecting machine formats for
details.
Specially prepared
sequin artwork
Digitize connecting
line passing through
all sequin graphics
Generated curve
contains reshape
node at each
sequin position
Use Select Object (Pointer toolbar) to resize objects using selection handles.
Sequin drops
regenerated according
to current settings
Original number of
sequin drops
preserved
Reshape sequin run lines with the Reshape tool as you would any run
object. Add reshape nodes by left- or right-clicking the outline. See
Reshaping embroidery objects for details.
Note When a sequin run object is in the Reshape Mode, the Show
Stitch Angles icon is disabled.
Click-and-drag
spacing handle
Click-and-drag
rotation handle
Reshape individual fixing stitches with the Reshape tool. To view the
fixing stitch reshape nodes, click the sequin outline.
Click-and-drag
fixing stitch
Use Input A (Input toolbar) to digitize border stitching around the holes.
Digitize outline
with Run stitch
Alternatively use Run to digitize lines for boring holes. See Digitizing
lines for details.
For a round hole, digitize two intersecting lines.
For an oval hole, digitize one line.
Tip Reduce the Run stitch length—e.g. 1.0-1.5 mm—to place the borer
penetrations closer together, thereby ensuring the fabric will be cut right
through. See Setting run stitch length for details.
5 Click Borers again to deselect it.
Warning You should not use Satin with a Zigzag underlay because a
run stitch is also generated (to return to the entry point). This can cause
thread breakage.
Custom alphabets
This section describes how to create new alphabets from TrueType fonts. It
also describes how to create and modify your own custom alphabets and
letters. Alphabet merging is also explained. See Custom Alphabets for
details.
This section describes how to add and edit lettering, change formatting
settings, and adjust lettering size and spacing.
Tip The size of your lettering will determine the type of underlay you need
to apply. Apart from stabilizing, underlay helps give ‘loft’ or to raise your
lettering off the fabric. Lettering with heights under 5 mm should not have
underlay. Letters 6 mm to 10 mm can have a center-run underlay applied.
Lettering larger than 10 mm is large enough for edge-run underlay. See
Strengthening and stabilizing with automatic underlays for details.
If it is not essential to fit letters precisely to a certain area, you can type
them directly on-screen as with a word processor. Current lettering settings
are used. You can change these before or after you digitize. You can also
modify lettering objects directly on-screen to achieve various artistic effects.
Right-click Lettering (Input toolbar) to enter text in the dialog and adjust
settings for embroidery lettering.
Use Generate Stitches (Generate toolbar) to generate stitches for new or
selected objects.
Using the Object Properties dialog, you can specify letter formatting before
adding it to the design. This is the more traditional method and is useful with
more complex designs.
Enter text
Select
alphabet
Adjust
formatting
Select baseline
Click to apply
2 Enter the text you want to embroider in the text entry panel.
To start a new line of lettering, press Enter.
Tip You can insert a color change between two letters by keying a caret
(^) symbol. Subsequent letters default to the next color in the palette.
3 Select alphabet, formatting and baseline settings for the lettering. See
Selecting alphabets and Formatting lettering for details.
4 Click Apply.
5 Click where you want to place the lettering, or mark reference points for
the baseline you selected. See Working with lettering baselines for
details.
6 Select Generate Stitches icon or press G.
Selecting alphabets
To select an alphabet
1 Right-click the Lettering icon.
The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.
Select
alphabet Select to preview alphabet
in dropdown list
Use user-refined
version
Tip Consider letter size before you change alphabets. Some alphabets
look best in a smaller size. Others can be stitched at a larger size. See
also Adjusting letter height and width.
4 Click the Use saved version checkbox to use saved user-refined
lettering in preference to the default.
User-refined letter
‘a’ used for
smaller sizes
5 Click Apply.
The lettering alphabet is set.
Baselines use default settings to determine their size, spacing and angles.
ES Designer gives you both interactive and precise numerical control over
many baseline settings. Techniques are available to modify baseline type,
length, radius and angle, as well as baseline position. You can numerically
define the rotation angle of letters relative to the baseline or the design
itself.
You can select different baselines through the Object Properties > Special
dialog. You can also adjust baseline settings. You can apply baselines to
existing objects or pre-set a baseline for new lettering objects.
To apply a baseline
1 Double-click a selected lettering object or right-click the Lettering icon.
The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.
Select baseline
Vertical (Free Line Vertical and Fixed Line Vertical): See Applying
vertical baselines for details.
Arc (Arc CW and Arc CCW): See Applying arc baselines for details.
Note You can adjust baseline settings at any stage. See Adjusting
straight baseline settings for details.
Tip Hold down the Ctrl key to constrain the line to 15° increments.
4 Move the pointer up or down to increase the radius of the arc.
5 Mark a third point above the first two points for Arc CW, and below them
for Arc CCW baseline.
2 arc clockwise
1
1 arc
2 counter-clockwise
Tip Hold down the Ctrl key to constrain the line to 15° increments.
5 Mark a third point to define an ellipse or press Enter directly for a perfect
circle.
As soon as Enter is pressed, the letters of your text are distributed
around the circle. See also Setting letter justification.
Tip If the baseline has tight curves, or sharp corners, the letters may
overlap. For best results, only mark curve points, and digitize lines which
have shallow, gentle curves.
1 2 4
Select options
and adjust
settings
Tip If you want to insert a logo or design between the top and bottom
lines, leave the middle line of text blank.
Select Predefined
baseline
Tip Hold down the Ctrl key to constrain the line to 15° increments.
7 Click to enter a point on the circumference of the circle.
8 Mark another point if you want to create an oval, or press Enter for a
circular baseline.
9 Press G to generate stitches.
The lines of text are generated and dispersed around the baseline you
have defined. Each line of text becomes a separate lettering object.
3 Click Apply.
5 Click Apply.
3 Click Apply.
Note When the justification setting is Full, letters are evenly distributed
along the baseline. To change the spacing for fully justified lettering, simply
change the length of the baseline.
3 Drag the letter spacing control point left or right to adjust the spacing of
all letters along the baseline.
Tip To select multiple or a range of letters, hold down Ctrl or Shift as you
select.
4 Drag selected letter/s along the baseline or use arrow keys to adjust the
spacing.
Change the space between lines in a multiple-line lettering object using the
Reshape Object tool.
Tip If you want to remove spacing between words, set Word Spacing
to 0%.
ES Designer gives you interactive and precise numeric control over many
settings affecting lettering objects. Adjust both individual letters and
lettering objects as a whole. Apply horizontal, vertical, and curved
baselines. Modify baseline type, length, radius and angle, as well as
position. You can even define the rotation angle of letters relative to the
baseline or the design itself.
With ES Designer you have the option of editing lettering directly on-screen.
I-beam
Edit text
Adjust settings
Click to save to
template
Scaling lettering
When you first create lettering, it may be too big or too small. Size can be
adjusted in three ways:
by scaling on-screen with the Select Object or Reshape Object tools
by adjusting width and height settings in the Object Properties >
Special > Lettering dialog
Tip The size of your lettering will determine the type of underlay you need
to apply. Apart from stabilizing, underlay helps give ‘loft’ or to raise your
lettering off the fabric. Lettering with heights under 5 mm should not have
underlay. Letters 6 mm to 10 mm can have a center-run underlay applied.
Lettering larger than 10 mm is large enough for edge-run underlay. See
Strengthening and stabilizing with automatic underlays for details.
Drag to resize
Horizontally
Drag
A shadow outline shows the new size of the lettering object as you drag.
3 Release the mouse to complete.
Drag to resize
Horizontally
Drag
Enter letter
Enter width height in mm
percentage
4 Click Apply.
Click Apply to
Adjust width and accept changes
height settings
3 Click Apply.
Tip When you enter a value in either width or height field, the
percentage is automatically calculated. To resize proportionally, copy
this value to the other field and click Apply.
Drag
rotation
point
Drag
A baseline shows the rotated position of the lettering object as you drag.
Tip To select multiple or a range of letters, hold down Ctrl or Shift as you
select.
4 Click-and-drag the letter to the new position:
To move the letter horizontally, drag it along the baseline. See
Adjusting individual letter spacing on-screen for details.
Select diamond
control point
Drag to scale
letter height Drag to scale letter proportionally
Drag to skew
Drag to scale letter width
Drag to rotate
Draw bounding box to Hold down Ctrl and Hold down Shift and
select group of nodes click to select individual left- or right-click to
nodes select range
5 Reshape the letter by adding, deleting and dragging the reshape nodes,
and press Enter. See Reshaping embroidery objects for details.
Reshape by adding,
deleting and dragging
reshape nodes
Tip Holding down the Ctrl key, click the outline wherever you want to
place an additional stitch angle line.
7 Adjust the entry/exit points as required and press Enter. See Adjusting
entry/exit points and last stitches for details.
Adjust entry/exit
points
Tip You can select and delete multiple nodes on a single segment. If
there are fewer than four nodes remaining, the segment itself is deleted.
However, if the letter includes more than one segment, those remaining
are still viable.
ES Designer lets you change the color of individual letters within a lettering
object.
Tip You can also insert a color change between two letters by keying a caret
(^) symbol. Subsequent letters default to the next color in the palette. See
Creating lettering with Object Properties for details.
Adjusting baselines
Baselines can be modified after placement either directly on-screen or via
the Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog. With the exception
of Free Line, baselines allow you to set the final length of the finished
Baselines can be adjusted on-screen after they have been placed in the
design with the Reshape Object tool. Depending on the baseline type you
are working with, you can adjust baseline angles, lengths, and sizes. You
can change curve radii and justification points. You can completely reshape
Any Shape baselines.
Tip For more precise numeric control over lettering layout, use the Layout
dialog. See Adjusting straight baseline settings and Adjusting curved
baseline settings for details.
baseline control
points
Tip The large diamond and cross represent stitching start and end
points. You may need to move them to access baseline control points.
See Reshaping individual letters on-screen for details.
Change angles of straight baselines by dragging the solid square control
points at either end.
Create an arc baseline from a circular one by dragging the hollow square
control point apart.
Drag up or down
to change radius
of curve
Drag up or down
to change radius
of curve
A Free Line baseline does not have a fixed or pre-determined length; the
baseline extends as long as you keep adding letters. You can adjust baseline
angle numerically. A Fixed Line baseline has a fixed length which you can
digitize or specify numerically. Various options are available to handle text
2 Click Layout.
The Layout dialog opens. The baseline options depend on the type of
baseline selected.
Select auto
frame style
Width: The width of each letter is reduced and the original spacing
kept.
Adjust circle and arc baseline settings for more precise numeric control over
radius (X and Y), as well as tilt, justification, and arc angles.
Tip For interactive control over lettering layout, see Reshaping baselines
on-screen.
2 Click Layout.
The Layout dialog opens. The baseline options depend on the type of
baseline selected.
radius X: 50
radius Y: 50
radius X: 100
radius Y: 50
radius X: 50
radius Y: 100
tilt angle 0°
Note The Tilt field is activated when Radius X and Radius Y values are
different.
Justification Angle: angle of the vertical axis through the lettering
object relative to the horizontal axis.
justification
angle 90°
justification
angle 45°
Select orientation
relative to baseline Set orientation
or design angle
When it comes to stitching, you can fine-tune the density, add pull
compensation and underlay, or change to center-out stitching. Like all
embroidery objects, each lettering object has its own stitch properties.
Adjust settings at any stage. ES Designer also gives you precise control over
the stitch angles of individual letters. You can also specify the join method
and stitching sequence you prefer.
Note For information about adjusting travel run length in lettering objects,
see Adjusting travel run stitch length. For information about adjusting
lettering connector values, see Using automatic connectors.
Right-click Satin (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust Satin values for lettering
objects.
By default, lettering objects are filled with Satin stitch. Where a letter is
narrow, stitches are tight, thus requiring fewer stitches to cover the fabric.
Where a column is very narrow, stitches need to be less dense because too
many needle penetrations can damage the fabric. See also Creating fills with
Satin stitch.
Select Satin
Adjust stitch
settings
4 Select the type of stitch spacing you want for your lettering.
For Fixed Spacing, clear the Auto Spacing checkbox and select a
value (in millimeters) in the Stitch Spacing field. For more open
stitching, select a higher value for decreased stitch density. See
Adjusting Satin stitch spacing for details.
For Auto Spacing, select the Auto Spacing checkbox and specify the
amount of adjustment to make to the spacings as a % value. See
Applying Auto Spacing to Satin stitch for details.
5 If you want to use Auto Split, select the checkbox and specify the Auto
Split Length and Auto Split Minimum Stitch values.
Note The Auto Split and Auto Jump features help you to control long
Satin stitches. See Splitting long stitches with Auto Split and Preserving
long stitches with Auto Jump for details.
6 Click Apply.
Right-click Tatami (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust Tatami values for lettering
objects.
You can fill lettering shapes with Tatami stitching. It is suitable for filling
large, irregular lettering shapes. See also Creating fills with Tatami stitch.
Select Tatami
Right-click Zigzag (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust Zigzag values for lettering
objects.
Zigzag stitch is similar to Satin in that the needle penetrates each side of
the column. But while Satin gives a straight line followed by a diagonal,
Zigzag produces two diagonal lines, thereby producing a more open stitch.
It is generally used for decorative effect or where fewer stitches are
required. The density is determined by the stitch spacing setting. See also
Creating outlines with Zigzag stitch.
Select Zigzag
Adjust stitch
spacing
5 Click Apply.
You can specify the sequence in which letters are stitched to minimize
registration problems such as on caps or difficult fabrics. For example, the
Center Out option is especially useful when stitching on caps. There are
also options for multiple lines of lettering which are useful for machines
without trimmers.
Click Sequence
2 Click Sequence.
The Sequence dialog opens.
Center Out: Select this checkbox if you want the lettering stitched
from the center out. You can specify that one side of the center is
stitched followed by the other, or that each letter is stitched
alternatively on either side of the center.
stitched
top-to-bottom
stitched
bottom-to-top
Note You can combine both In Line and Line by Line sequencing
options.
4 Click OK to return to the Special tab.
5 Click Apply.
Tip Travel through your design to check the stitching sequence. See
Traveling by stitches for details.
Use Lettering (Input toolbar) to change the lettering join stitch method.
Tip For the recommended stitch and join methods, see Standard
Alphabets.
5 Click OK to return to the Special tab.
6 Click Apply.
Edge Run underlays for lettering and branched objects also provide a Weld
option. When activated, underlay is applied to the lettering object as a
whole, rather than segment-by-segment. This means there should be no
overlaps where segments join.
3 Select the First Underlay checkbox and select Center Run or Edge Run
as the First underlay type.
Tip If you select Edge Run, a further Weld option becomes available.
When activated, underlay is applied to the lettering object as a whole.
This means there is no duplication where two objects overlap.
4 Enter the required length values for each underlay type.
See Adjusting Center Run and Edge Run underlay settings for details.
5 Click Apply.
Tip Run Slow Redraw to see how the underlay will stitch out. See
Redrawing the stitching sequence slowly for details.
Inserting symbols
Tip If you know the keyboard shortcut for a symbol, add it to your lettering
by entering the combination on-screen or in the Object Properties >
Special > Lettering dialog.
To insert symbols
1 Right-click the Lettering icon.
The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.
Click Insert
Symbol
Show characters
Show pictures and
Show pictures characters
Select alphabet
or symbol set
Select
symbols
Selected symbols
displayed
Click to add
Select font
Select symbols
or double-click
Click to
copy
Selected symbols
Click to
displayed
select
Tip You can also paste characters and symbols into an external graphics
program to use as the basis for creating your own custom characters.
See Digitizing custom letters for details.
Tip Envelopes are typically applied to lettering objects, but they can also
be applied to other types of embroidery object.
Bridge reshape
handles
Drag
To move two handles in opposite directions, hold the Shift key down
while dragging a handle.
Shift + drag
To move the handles in the same direction, hold down the Ctrl key
while dragging a handle.
Ctrl + drag
You can edit the lettering text in envelopes on-screen in the same way as
normal lettering. When you click inside the lettering, a duplicate displays
below the envelope.
Removing envelopes
Use Envelope > Delete (Edit menu) return an object to its original shape by removing
the envelope.
To remove envelopes
Select the lettering object.
Select Edit > Envelope > Delete.
The envelope is removed and the letters return to their original shape.
Team lettering
The Team Names feature lets you create designs with multiple names. For
example, you can use the same logo with different names for sports teams
or corporate uniforms without having to create multiple copies of the same
design. When you use Team Names, you create a variable lettering object,
Depending on how you want to stitch out, you can choose to save and stitch
the names and designs separately, or together.
Create a new name group to associate a list of names with Team Names
objects. Once you create a group, the names in it are available to all
designs.
Note Team Names groups are stored in the Namedrop.emn file in your
installation’s ...\res folder. If the file becomes corrupted, copy
ESWin\bin\namedrop.emn to ESWin\res\namedrop.emn. This will
restore Team Names groups to the default settings.
Add new
group
Enter group
Gaelic Football Club
name
You can add members to a group one-by-one or as a entire group. See also
Adding multiple members to name groups.
Add new
member
2 Select a group from the Group list, or create a new one. See Creating
name groups for details.
3 Click Add in the Group Members panel.
The Group Member Add/Edit dialog opens.
You can add members to a group one-by-one or as a entire group. See also
Adding individual members to name groups.
Select Quick
Names
2 Select a group from the Group list, or create a new one. See Creating
name groups for details.
3 Click Quick Names.
Michael,Patrick,Fitzpatrick
Patrick,Simon,Fitzsimons Enter names
Simon,Gerald,Fitzgerald
Gerald, Roy, Fitzroy
Roy,John, Fitzjohn
John, Maurice, Fitzmaurice
Maurice,Henry,Fitzhenry
Use Team Names (Input toolbar) to associate multiple names with a design.
Tip When you click Add, names are appended to the Team Members
list. Clicking Add repeatedly means that a fresh copy of the selected
name or names is appended each time.
Click to sort
Michael Patrick Fitzpatrick Michael Fitzpatrick names
Patrick Simon Fitzsimons Patrick Fitzsimons alphabetically
Simon Gerald Fitzgerald Simon Fitzgerald
Gerald Roy Fitzroy Gerald Fitzroy
Roy John Fitzjohn Roy Fitzjohn
John Maurice Fitzmaurice John Fitzmaurice
Maurice Henry Fitzhenry Maurice Fitzhenry
Remove all or
selected names
Adjust lettering
format
Simon Fitzgerald
Patrick Fitzsimons
Michael Fitzpatrick
Gerald Fitzroy
Maurice Fitzhenry
John Fitzmaurice
Roy Fitzjohn Select names to
view on-screen
12 Select names one-by-one from the Team List to view them together
with the design.
Use Team List (Standard toolbar) to toggle Team Members display on/off.
Use it to view and edit individual team names.
You can preview individual team names in the design window as they will be
stitched out with the design. Set individual properties for each name.
Click to select
Simon Fitzgerald column Simon Fitzgerald
Patrick Fitzsimons Patrick Fitzsimons
Michael Fitzpatrick Michael Fitzpatrick
Gerald Fitzroy Gerald Fitzroy
Maurice Fitzhenry Maurice Fitzhenry
John Fitzmaurice John Fitzmaurice
Roy Fitzjohn Select name to Roy Fitzjohn
view on-screen
Click to sort
selected names
alphabetically
View properties of
selected names
Note When the Team Members dialog is closed, all team member
names become visible but the one on top is selected in the design
window.
Use Team List (Standard toolbar) to toggle Team Members display on/off.
Use it to view and edit individual team names.
You can easily set properties, such as font, size or color for an entire column
of names. For example, you might want to highlight the given name in a
particular way.
Click to select
column Simon Fitzgerald
Patrick Fitzsimons
Michael Fitzpatrick
Gerald Fitzroy
Maurice Fitzhenry
John Fitzmaurice
Roy Fitzjohn
3 Click the tab at the top of a column and right-click the Lettering icon.
The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.
Select alphabet
Use Team List (Standard toolbar) to toggle Team Members display on/off.
Use it to view and edit individual team names.
You can create individual designs from each name in a Team Names design.
The name will still be included in the original.
Simon Fitzgerald
Patrick Fitzsimons
Michael Fitzpatrick
Select names Gerald Fitzroy
to use Maurice Fitzhenry
John Fitzmaurice
Roy Fitzjohn
Click to create
individual designs
2 Select the entire design if you want to process the design together with
the team name object.
3 Select Arrange > Team Name Matrix.
Calculated fields
based on hoop size,
and row and column
settings
Select to minimize
Select stitching color changes
sequence
The Team Names field derives from the actual number of names
included in the design.
The Rows field is calculated from Hoop Height divided by Row
Height. Similarly the Columns field is calculated from Hoop Width
divided by Column Width.
The Output Files field is calculated from the number of team names
divided by rows X columns, rounded up to the nearest whole
number.
Note All calculated fields are updated when you change any of the
height and width settings.
4 Set the hoop height and width to suit the requirements of the hoop you
are using.
These settings are remembered within a session but the defaults are
loaded whenever you launch ES Designer.
5 Set the row height and column width within the selected hoop settings.
These settings are based on the design height and width properties.
Increase them if you want to enlarge the gap between designs. Minimum
and maximum settings: 2.50 mm and 999.99 mm.
6 Select a Sequence option.
Each option indicates a possible stitch sequence for the entire matrix.
The red square indicates the starting point and the arrow shows the
direction of the stitching sequence.
7 Select the Minimize Color Changes checkbox as required.
8 Click OK.
A new file is created containing the number of team names that will fit
into the specified hoop—i.e. the number of rows multiplied by the
number of columns, or less. If the number of team names exceeds this
value, another file is created to accommodate the additional names. The
total number of files created is given by the Output Files field.
This section describes how to create new alphabets from TrueType fonts.
Automatic letter kerning and user-refined alphabets are explained. The
section also describes how to create and modify your own custom alphabets
and letters. Alphabet merging is also explained.
The process is fully automatic. Lettering shapes are ‘cut’ into Input A or
Input B embroidery objects. Overlaps and stroke order are detected and
stitch angles defined. The result is similar to manually digitized alphabets
although the quality may not be quite as high. The quality greatly depends
on the original shapes, narrower serif type alphabets producing better
results than blocked alphabets.
You can convert individual TrueType letters ‘on the fly’ and add them directly
to a design through the Object Properties dialog.
Enter text
Select TT font
Set conversion
values
Note The more letters you enter, the more time needed to convert
them.
4 Click TTF Conversion.
The Conversion Values dialog opens.
Select lettering
style
Select Turning
Strokes for variable
stitch angle
Tip Click Suggest Values if you are not sure which options to select.
Values are automatically set according to the selected alphabet.
5 Select the lettering style you want to create from the Styles
list—Regular, Bold, Bold Italic or Italic.
7 Select the Match Ends checkbox to keep stitch angles parallel to the end
of the stroke.
Note This option will override any corner detection and corner fraction
where parallel stitching applies.
Match Ends
Match Ends OFF ON—stitches
parallel to baseline
10 Select the Separate Serifs checkbox if you are converting a serif font.
Tip As the serifs are made into separate strokes, this option is better
used with larger lettering where serifs are greater than 0.8 mm in
breadth.
11 Fine-tune processing of corners with these settings:
Corner Detection Angle specifies the angle which will identify a
corner in the letter. This is more important for getting well-defined
small letters. Note, however, that ES Designer automatically inserts
stitch angles where needed in order to obtain smooth turning
stitches. These generally occur at locations where the shape
changes significantly in direction or width.
Use Convert TrueType Font (Special menu) to convert a TrueType font into an
embroidery alphabet.
The Convert TrueType Font feature lets you convert any suitable TrueType
font installed on your system into an embroidery alphabet. Converted letters
can be filled with parallel or turning stitches.
Note The conversion usually only takes a few minutes, although Asian fonts
may take longer.
Select font
Set values
Enter font
name
Choose
character set
Tip Click Suggest Values if you are not sure which options to select.
Values are automatically set according to the selected alphabet.
4 Enter a Font Name if you want to overwrite the default.
5 Choose whether to convert standard or extended character sets.
The standard character set contains alphanumeric characters only. It
excludes punctuation marks and other special characters.
6 Click OK.
When you convert TrueType fonts to embroidery lettering, the letters can be
filled with parallel or turning stitches. You can convert between Complex Fill
and Turning Strokes at any stage.
Select Turning
Strokes for variable
stitch angle
letters converted to
Turning Strokes
Select or deselect
auto kerning
A kerning table is an array of kerning values for every possible pair of letters
in the alphabet. The Kerning Table command accesses a dialog used to
manage kerning tables. You can copy tables from one alphabet or TrueType
font to an embroidery alphabet or remove its kerning table altogether.
Select alphabet
Click to access
kerning table
Current (target)
alphabet
Choose similar
alphabet or font
Copy kerning
table to current
alphabet
The Choose Source dropdown list displays all alphabets and TrueType
fonts that contain kerning tables.
Use Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to reshape selected objects, edit stitch
angles, and adjust start/end points.
You have created a lettering object which has Automatic Kerning toggled
ON.
User-refined alphabets
Sometimes you find that you want to reshape a letter to improve its
appearance, perhaps to suit a particular lettering height. ES Designer lets
you save the letter as an alternative version. In fact you can save multiple
versions of the same letter within the same alphabet. Each version can have
Note The software preserves all user-refined alphabet letters when a new
version is installed. Only factory default letters are overwritten. Similarly all
user-refined alphabets are preserved unchanged.
Use Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to reshape selected objects, edit stitch
angles, and adjust start/end points.
User-refined letters are saved via the Save Letter option. This is enabled
only if an alphabet letter or converted and/or reshaped TrueType font letter
is currently highlighted in the design window or selected in Reshape mode.
One and only one letter may be saved at a time. In the example below, the
letter ‘a’ tends to close over at reduced sizes. You may want to open it up.
By saving it as a user-refined letter, any changes made will be automatically
applied to new lettering objects using the alphabet in the specified size
range.
Tip The Stitch Angle and Reshape Object tools let you add, delete,
or adjust stitch angles in lettering objects. See Adjusting stitch angles
for details.
3 With the letter selected (by clicking the diamond control point), select
Special > Alphabet > Save Letter.
The Save User-Refined Letter dialog opens.
Specify the
height range
Changes applied to
modified both letters
letter ‘a’
Select to use
user-refined letters
7 To apply changes to all the same letters in the selected object, select the
Use saved version checkbox in the Object Properties > Special >
Lettering dialog and click Apply. See also Selecting alphabets.
Scroll to next or
previous letter
Click and
rename version Swap height ranges
as required by moving selected
version up or down
The name of the alphabet is shown at the top of the dialog. If the
alphabet is a TrueType font, the TT font symbol is shown before the
name.
The original factory default letter is identified by the name ‘Factory’.
For converted TrueType font letters, the word ‘Convert’ appears
instead of ‘Factory’. These labels cannot be edited.
With embroidery alphabets generated entirely by you, the original
digitized letter is named ‘User 1’ by default. Every version of the
letter, including the original, is editable.
2 Use the left and right arrow buttons or dropdown list to select a
user-refined letter in the current alphabet.
3 Make any of the following modifications:
Click and rename any of the versions, except ‘Factory’ or ‘Convert’,
as required.
Delete any selected version name except ‘Factory’ by clicking Delete.
If the letter is a TrueType font conversion, all versions may be
deleted. If the letter is user-defined—i.e. non-Wilcom—you can
delete all versions except one.
Deselect the Use checkbox of any version if you don’t want to
include it in the alphabet but don’t want to delete it. When
deselected, the size range formerly occupied by the letter is
distributed evenly between the closest neighboring versions which
have their Use checkbox checked.
4 Adjust the height range for the selected version of the letter by moving
the slider bars.
Note You can also create new alphabets by converting TrueType fonts. See
also Converting TrueType fonts to embroidery alphabets.
Warning Because of copyright laws, you cannot simply select letters from
an existing embroidery alphabet and save them directly to another
alphabet.
differences in column
width too great
letter height
baseline
Tip Use E or H as reference letters to determine the height and baseline for
the alphabet. These letters work well because they sit on the baseline and
do not extend above the standard cap-height.
letter width
letter width
spacing
increased
Tip For italic styles, you may need some overlap between letter extents.
underlaps
Try to avoid having more than two strokes on top of each other as
this causes thread buildup and can lead to thread breaks.
Sometimes modifying the shape can improve it.
Sometimes it is helpful to angle the ends of underlaps so that a few
stitches are ‘caught’ by the overlapping stroke. This prevents a gap
appearing if the stitches of the top stroke pull back.
overlap / underlap
Use Alphabet > Make Letter (Special menu) to create a new letter.
When you create a new letter, you need to select an alphabet for it, give it
a name, specify its height, and indicate whether to preserve any machine
functions. You also need to indicate its spacing settings by digitizing
reference points on-screen.
Warning Do not use the tilde (~) symbol when naming letters. This is a
special character for entering letters with multiple-character names. See
Selecting custom alphabets for details.
Select whole
character
Select alphabet
Enter letter name
Enter reference height
Select to set height on-screen
Deselect to include functions
3 Select an alphabet from the Alphabet Name list. See also Saving
custom alphabets.
4 Enter a name for the letter in the Letter field.
For example, if you digitized the letter H, enter H in the Letter field.
Tip You can create names with multiple characters to identify special
letters—e.g. ‘Star’ for a star symbol, or ‘e-acute’ for é. See also
Selecting custom alphabets.
5 In the Reference Height field, enter a height for the letter.
The letter is recorded at this height regardless of its original size. You
can also set height on-screen by selecting the Digitize Reference
Height checkbox. When you return to the design window, you are
prompted to digitize the height. If you select Digitize Reference
Height, the value in the Reference Height field is ignored.
1 2
1 2
1 2
Note The reference points you digitize also determine where the letter
sits on the baseline.
9 If you selected Digitize Reference Height in the Make Letter dialog,
you are prompted to digitize a third reference point to mark letter
height. See also Reference height and baseline.
A message confirms that the letter has been saved to current alphabet.
10 Click OK.
Click to create
new alphabet
3 Click New.
The New Alphabet dialog opens.
Tip Use 8-10% for standard alphabets such as block and serif styles and
0% for script-style alphabets.
6 Select a default method of joining adjacent letters from the Default Join
Type list.
As Digitized: preserves the original stitching sequence of each
letter as it was digitized, as well as any stitch types and machine
functions used in its creation.
Closest Join: resequences entry and exit points in adjacent letters
to join them at the closest point.
Bottom Join: resequences entry and exit points in adjacent letters
to create a connector along the lettering baseline.
See also Changing lettering join method.
7 Click OK.
8 Enter additional values for the selected letter in the Make Letter dialog.
See Saving custom letters for details.
9 Click OK.
To use a custom alphabet, select it like any other alphabet. If a letter has a
multi-character name, you can only access it from the Lettering dialog
using the special tilde (~) symbol.
Select custom
alphabet
Modifying alphabets
Use Alphabet > Modify Alphabet (Special menu) to modify custom alphabets.
To modify alphabets
1 Select Special > Alphabet > Modify Alphabet.
The Modify Alphabet dialog opens.
Use Alphabet > Modify Alphabet (Special menu) to rename, delete or reshape letters
within custom alphabets.
Select
alphabet
Select letter
Tip You can use names with more than one character.
4 Click OK.
Use Alphabet > Make Letter (Special menu) to create a new letter.
Warning When you ungroup, the letter is converted back to objects, and
letter details such as alphabet and baseline are lost. When you have finished
reshaping, you have to enter these details again.
Reshape objects
Select alphabet
Select letter name
5 Select the alphabet to which the letter belongs from the Alphabet
Name list.
6 Select the letter name from the Name list.
Note To save the letter under a different name, enter a new name.
7 Click OK.
8 Confirm you want to replace the old letter with the new.
To merge alphabets
1 Select Start > Programs > MS-DOS Prompt.
2 When the DOS prompt appears, change to the bin directory of your
ES Designer installation.
This is usually C:/ESWin/bin.
3 Choose whether to automatically overwrite or receive prompt.
To automatically overwrite the letters in the first file with letters of
the same name from the other file(s), type:
alphcat.exe file1.ESA file2.ESA file3.ESA.
To receive a prompt message before a letter is overwritten, type:
alphcat.exe file1.ESA file2.ESA file3.ESA /Y.
Press Y or N to confirm whether to overwrite.
4 Click Yes to merge.
By default ES Designer saves to its native file format, EMB. This format
contains all information necessary both for stitching a design and for later
modification. When opening designs created or saved in other formats,
ES Designer converts the design internally to EMB format. You can then
modify it using the full range of ES Designer features. Depending on the file
type, you may need to provide additional information to assist ES Designer
in the conversion process.
This section describes how to select conversion options for opening and
saving different stitch and outline design formats. It also provides details
about the processing of Melco CND outline files, including color merging, as
well as reassigning colors to both stitch and Melco CND files.
Outline files
Outline or ‘condensed’ files are high-level formats which contain object
outlines, object properties and stitch data. When you open an outline file in
Complex
Fill object
Note Some outline files, such as Wilcom INP and Gunold PCH, contain
incomplete information. Old format ESD designs are somewhere between an
outline and a stitch file. They contain stitch data, information about selected
stitch types, densities, and machine functions. They do not, however,
contain information about shapes and lines. ESD files require object/outline
recognition if you want to perform object editing in ES Designer. See
Opening stitch files in ES Designer for details.
Stitch files
Different embroidery machines understand different languages. Each has its
own control commands for the various machine functions. Before you can
stitch a design, it must be in a format which can be interpreted by the
machine. Stitch or ‘expanded’ designs are low-level formats for direct use
by embroidery machines. They contain only stitch coordinates and machine
functions. They are generally created ‘on the fly’ when sending designs to
machine. They can also be output to embroidery disk or paper tape. See
Embroidery Disks and Paper Tapes for details. See also Supported Machine,
File and Disk Types.
When they are read into ES Designer, stitch files do not contain object
information such as outlines or stitch types, but present the design as a
collection of stitch blocks called Manual objects. Manual objects are created
wherever machine functions—e.g. color changes or trims—are detected in
Manual
object
Stitch designs are generally not suited to modification because stitches are
not regenerated. However, ES Designer patented Stitch Processor
technology can interpret object outlines, stitch types and spacing from stitch
data with some success. In this way, you can re-constitute old tape format
files and other stitch file format designs for modification in ES Designer.
These recognized designs can be scaled with stitches recalculated for the
new outlines. Processing is effective for most stitch designs but cannot
produce the same level of quality as original outlines and may not handle
some fancy stitches.
By default, stitch files are converted to outlines and objects upon opening
but you can also choose to open them without recognition. Designs opened
in this way can be output for stitching in another format. Or you can edit
stitches and add new elements. For such purposes, you do not need to
retrieve information about how the design was created.
You can scale stitch format designs which have been opened without
object/outline recognition. However, because the stitch count does not
change, the density increases or decreases with the design size. Thus you
Alternatively, you can process the whole or selected parts of a design after
editing. You can even split larger manual objects into smaller objects, and
process them individually.
File sources
While embroidery files are broadly classified as ‘outline’ (condensed) or
‘stitch’ (expanded), ES Designer internally tags files as belonging to one of
four types–Native Design, Imported Outlines, Processed Stitches, or
Imported Stitches.
Processed Stitches Designs read from stitch files where stitches have been
regenerated by processing.
Imported Stitches Designs read from stitch files, where outlines may or may
not have been recognized, but stitches have not been
regenerated through stitch processing.
Note, however, that if you change a stitch design–e.g. add
a lettering object–the status changes to Processed
Stitches even though the imported stitches may not have
been regenerated.
For information about the source of a design file, refer to the Design
Properties dialog. See Viewing design information in ES Designer for
details.
Tip To ensure object outlines, stitch types, stitch density and colors are
correct, it is always a good idea to check and edit designs after conversion.
To improve the quality of a stitch file, it is often better to edit stitches before
conversion.
Object/outline recognition
When you convert a stitch file to outline format, ES Designer reads stitch
data stitch-by-stitch according to the needle penetration points. It
recognizes stitch types, spacing and length values, stitch effects, and can
determine object outlines.
All filled areas in a design become Input A or Run objects with fill or outline
stitch properties as well as general and connector properties. Stitch types
are assigned as Satin, Tatami, or Program Split depending on the pattern of
needle penetrations. With Tatami, ES Designer recognizes stitch spacing
and length, and applies a random factor. If a design is converted from ESD
Recognition limitations
ES Designer cannot recognize the backstitch type for Tatami fills. Before
scaling a design, select the correct backstitch in the Object Properties
dialog. If a stitch type is not recognized accurately, the values in the Object
Properties dialog will not match the stitches. The stitches will remain the
same as in the original design, until you make changes and regenerate
them. If you change the design, stitches will be regenerated according to
the object properties.
Tip Designs converted from tape format files and expanded designs which
have non-standard stitch types may require editing in ES Designer to ensure
that the object outlines, stitch types, stitch density and colors are correct.
Note Open options should reflect how the design was originally digitized,
not how you want it now. Experiment with the settings to get the best
results.
Select file
2 Select a stitch format from the Files of Type list and select the file to
open.
3 Click Options.
The Open Options dialog opens.
Select machine
format
Enter number of
jumps as trims
Select output type
for stop codes
Select
Objects/Outlines
Select required
speed
Manual
object
Input A
object
Note Stitch Processor adds the missing information to the file, but
does not change the stitches. See also Adjusting stitch density.
Deselect
Objects/Outlines
Manual
object
Tip At this point, you can edit the stitches so that the Stitch Processor
can recognize the stitch types and object outlines more accurately:
Eliminate Stitch Shortening and Jagged Edge effects for smooth,
accurate outlines.
Remove small stitches from the design.
You can process a stitch file, or selected parts of it, to recognize objects and
outlines, or adjust its size and stitch density. Processing a stitch file is similar
to converting it to an outline file when opening except that you can process
only selected objects or stitches. You can also split larger manual objects
into smaller objects, and process them individually. See also Splitting
objects and Converting selected stitches to objects.
Tip You can also use the Process feature to change stitch count and density
for the whole design, or for objects of a particular stitch type only. See
Adjusting stitch density for details.
Manual object
Enter target
stitch count
Click to access
advanced
recognition
options
Adjust stitch
densities
Adjust Pull
Compensation
Note If a design contains objects created with other stitch types, the
target stitch count will not be achieved as these objects will not change.
7 Click Recognition to set advanced recognition options as required. See
Adjusting advanced recognition settings for details.
8 Click OK.
Manual object
converted to
Input A and Run
objects, or left as
Manual
Note Stitch Processor adds the missing information to the file, but does
not change the stitches. See also Adjusting stitch density.
Original design
opened without stitch
recognition
Select to
recognize Tatami
stitches
Select to recognize
random needle Select to
penetrations recognize
Jagged Edges
Select to
recognize Satin
stitches Select to
recognize
Select to Splits
recognize Run
stitches
Auto Split
Tip Program splits are reliably recognized when patterns are not
overlapping.
Tip Generally, the lower these values, the larger the number of
segments/objects likely to be identified. Normally you want to obtain
design information with a minimum number of identified
Spacing: 3 mm,
Height: 4 mm
Recognized objects
shown in different colors
10 Click OK.
Tip Before CND designs are stitched out, an EXP format file is created. The
EXP stores the actual stitches and can be stitched directly. This file too can
be opened in ES Designer. See Opening stitch files in ES Designer for
details.
When you open Melco CND files, the Melco stitch types used in the design
are converted to ES Designer stitch types—Satin, Run, Tatami, etc. You
Note For details of how each CND stitch type is converted, see Conversion
of Melco CND format to Wilcom EMB.
Select file
Select CND
format
2 Select Melco (CND) from the Files of Type list and select the file to
open.
3 Click Options.
Adjust stitch
values
Adjust default
values
Select Auto
Color Merge
option
4 In the Scale Factor panel, enter the scale at which you want to open
the design.
New dimensions are expressed as a ratio of the original design size. For
example, to scale to 120% of the original, enter a scale factor of 1.2 in
each field.
5 In the Adjust panel, enter the spacing and length values to apply to the
design as a percentage of the original values.
You can adjust Satin spacing, Run stitch length as well as Tatami
spacing and length.
6 In the Auto Color Merge panel, choose whether you want to read
thread color information from CND files.
Tip Your EMB and other design files can be converted to and from other file
formats using ES Design Explorer. Use it to batch process multiple CND
designs using Auto Color Merge. See Converting design files in folders for
details.
Comments Lines inserted here appear under File > Uses curve effects
Information > Design Properties >
Comments.
File name This is the file name of the CND design file. File: Fish
The file extension should not be included.
Design size Enter the expected design size for the 55.9mmW X
design. The actual design size is derived 74.5mmH
from the software.
Stitch count Enter the expected stitch count for the ST: 6,780
design. The actual stitch count is derived
from the software.
Thread name 1 Enter the first thread name. The name of 1. Tropical Sunset
the thread is searched against the Thread
Chart. The thread name is shown in the File
> Design Properties > Stop Sequence
tab.
Thread name 3 Enter the third thread name. 3. Pale Powder Blue
Thread name 5 Add any extra threads to this list. 5. Pale Powder Blue
Select thread
chart
Assign colors
manually
4 Select a color merge option from the Auto Color Merge panel.
If you want to read thread color information for the selected CND file
from an associated TXT file, select From File and follow the steps
below.
If you want to assign colors manually to every Color Stop code in the
file, select Custom and click Define Stop Sequence. See Reassigning
colors to stitch and Melco CND files for details.
5 If you have chosen to associate a text file with your CND file, select a
corresponding thread chart from the Auto Color Merge dropdown list.
Note Any thread color named in the text file must correspond to a color
in the selected thread chart. If not, it will default to black.
6 Click OK.
The design opens, the stitches appear in the correct thread colors, and
the color palette displays the selected thread chart.
Stitch file
CND file
Select Define Stop
Sequence
Select thread
chart
Select color
Click to
assign color
Note The selection moves to the next color in the thread chart. Two
consecutive same colors are not allowed and Assign Color is disabled.
6 Click Assign Stop to enter an explicit Stop code.
Click to
assign stop
Choose how
extra stops are
to be interpreted
Note You can convert color changes to an explicit Stop Code. You can
also remove Color Stops by assigning the same color number to
consecutive color blocks.
This section describes how to select a machine format for a design, output
it using other formats, and customize machine formats to meet your
machine’s specific requirements.
Use Select Machine Format (Machine menu) to change the machine format.
When you create a design, you need to select a format corresponding to the
embroidery machine you intend to use. You don’t, however, need to change
the design’s ‘native machine format’ in order to output to a different
machine. See Outputting to different machine formats for details. For a
complete list of supported machine formats, see Supported machine types.
Note You can change the machine format if machine values are incorrect
for your particular machine. You can even change the machine format for a
particular design. You should only modify formats if you no longer require
the original values. Otherwise see Creating custom formats.
Click to create
Select machine new format
format
Click to adjust
format
2 From the Available Machine Formats list, select the required machine
format.
3 Adjust machine formats as required:
To check or modify settings for the selected format, click Values. See
also Adjusting standard machine format settings.
To create a new format based on the selected one, click Create. See
also Creating custom formats.
4 Click OK.
Once a design is complete, you can stitch it out to any supported embroidery
machine without changing the original design format. If a selected machine
format does not support a particular function in the design—either
automatically or manually inserted—it is simply ignored.
Select machine
format
Select machine
format
Select File > Paper Tape > Punch, then select a different machine
format from the dropdown list.
Select machine
format
Note Only fields relevant to the selected machine format will appear.
2 In the Maximum Stitch field, enter the maximum stitch length to allow.
The value you enter depends on the tape code used by your machine:
Binary coding system: 12.7 mm—e.g. Barudan machines
Ternary coding system: 12.1 mm—e.g. Tajima machines
3 In the Minimum Stitch field, enter the minimum stitch length to allow.
This sets the default Small Stitches value. See Removing small stitches
automatically for details.
Tip Shorter jump values generally improve stitch quality and reduce
wear on the machine but may increase stitch-out time.
5 Click Save then Close.
Note Only fields relevant to the selected machine format will appear.
Select to output
trim functions
Select trim
function format
2 In the Trim panel, select the Output Trims checkbox to include trim
functions when outputting to the selected machine format.
Note If you deselect the Output Trims checkbox, the trim functions
are not removed from the design but simply ignored for the selected
machine format.
3 Specify the trim function format to use:
Jumps: for machines that interpret multiple jumps as trims. You
also need to enter the required number of jumps.
Trim Code: for machines that require specific trim codes.
4 Click Save then Close.
Note The machine must have the correct thread colors loaded for each
needle to stitch out correctly.
For needle addressing machines, you need to specify how many needles are
on the machine. This tells the machine how often it needs to stop for the
operator to change threads. For example, for a design with 25 colors to be
stitched out on a machine with five needles, it must stop after every five
color changes in order for the operator to change threads. Needle Number
commands are sometimes combined with Jump commands to indicate color
changes.
Stop commands
Stop commands allow the operator to manually change threads whenever a
Color Change function is encountered. They are generally used with
machines that only have one needle or do not support needle addressing.
Stop commands are sometimes combined with Jump commands to indicate
color changes.
Note Only fields relevant to the selected machine format will appear.
Select optional
functions as required
Note If this is the case, enter the combined number of needles on the
machine in the No of Needles field.
5 Select the First CC required checkbox as required.
Some machines require a First CC code to initialize the machine and
bring the head back to the first color change needle position.
6 Select the Return to Start checkbox as required.
This returns the needle to the start of the design, preparing the machine
for the next run of the same design.
7 Click Save then Close.
Note Only fields relevant to the selected machine format will appear.
Select relevant
option
2 In the End of Design panel, select the appropriate option for your
machine:
End of Design: some machines require an explicit End of Design
function code—e.g. some Tajima machines.
Stop: some machines require a Stop code instead—e.g. Happy
machines.
Note Not all values described here are available for all machine formats.
Use these instructions to enter values that apply to your selected format.
See your embroidery machine manual for more information about machine
formats.
Warning Only change Advanced values if you are familiar with the codes
used by your embroidery machine.
Note Only fields relevant to the selected machine format will appear.
2 In the Color Change Sequence panel, enter the color change sequence.
In the first 0:0 field, enter the number of empty stitches to insert
before the Color Change.
In the first 0:0 Jump field, enter the number of empty jumps to
insert before the Color Change.
In the second 0:0 Jump field, enter the number of empty jumps to
insert after the Color Change.
In the second 0:0 field, enter the number of empty stitches to insert
after the Color Change.
3 Click Save then Close.
Note Remember that these fields show the number of extra codes you
want to insert in addition to the default settings.
Note Only fields relevant to the selected machine format will appear.
Note Only fields relevant to the selected machine format will appear.
2 In the Speed panel, select the Boring Auto Speed Changes checkbox
as required.
This option slows the machine automatically whenever the borer is
engaged.
Note Only fields relevant to the selected machine format will appear.
Set miscellaneous
speed options
Note If necessary, you can update the standard machine format itself.
However, you should only do this if the original values are no longer used.
See Adjusting standard machine format settings for details.
Use Select Machine Format (Machine menu) to change machine format settings.
You can create a new machine format based on a standard machine format,
and make it available to all designs.
Enter format
name
Adjust settings
3 In the Format Name field, enter a name for the new format.
The name of the format you based it on and a number appear as the
default—e.g. Melco - 1.
4 In the Comment field, enter any information that will help you identify
the machine format—e.g. No Trim.
5 Adjust the machine format settings as required. See Adjusting standard
machine format settings for details.
Use Machine Format Values (Machine menu) to customize machine formats for
specific designs.
You can create a custom machine format for use with the current design.
Use this feature if you need to modify machine format values for a design
without changing the original format. The custom format appears in the
selection list.
Note The custom format is based on the selected machine format for the
design. If you want to base it on a different machine format, select it from
the Select Machine Format dialog. See Selecting machine formats for
details.
Adjust settings
Note You cannot change the Name or Comment fields. The custom
machine format is automatically named using the original machine
format and design name—e.g. Melco - Design1.
Note You cannot remove machine formats that come with the software.
You can only remove a custom format which you created.
2 Click Remove.
A confirmation box appears.
3 Click Yes to confirm the deletion, then click OK.
Note If a function is not available in the new machine format, the word
Ignored appears in brackets after the function name.
BEDRH model—FDR-II
format is also supported
by BEDSH and BEDYH
machines
Note Barudan FDR-II cannot be saved to T03 or DSB stitch file formats
without loss of Sequin encoding.
Thus, a Chain, a Looper, and a Needle Height function can all co-exist on the
same empty stitch. The stitch list display has been updated specifically for
the new Barudan FDR-II machines (old machines are unaffected).
Logical functions display as follows:
Color Change: (Palette #1) ... (Palette #100)
Needle Height: (H00) ... (H10)
Physical functions display as follows:
Needle: (Needle #C01) ... (Needle #C15)
Looper: (Looper #1) ... (Looper #6)
Chain: (CC)
Moss: (CL)
For each color block, ensure the color number for Lockstitch objects is
higher than the allocated number of Chenille Colors—e.g. greater than
6. At the same time, ensure that Chenille objects use a color slot equal
Sequin encoding
The new Sequin Jump function is a variation of Sequin Off. Sequin Jump
turns off the sequin device, but unlike a full Sequin Off does not raise the
sequin head. This allows the machine to quickly and efficiently make jumps,
then turn Sequin On again to continue dropping sequins.
Warning If the wrong needle is selected and the FDR-II machine receives
a Sequin On command, the sequin device will not be turned on.
Note For details of reading from and writing to embroidery disk and paper
tape, see Embroidery Disks and Paper Tapes.
Note If certain thread colors are not available on your printer, they may be
mapped to a different color, including white. If a color is mapped to white,
it will be invisible on the worksheet. Print the design in TrueView color, or
black and white, or turn off color mapping. See your printer manual for more
information.
Use Print (Standard toolbar) to print production worksheets for the current
design using the current settings.
Tip Preview the production worksheet before you print to check whether it
is correct. See Previewing production worksheets for details.
2 Select the printer or plotter you want to use, and enter the number of
copies of the worksheet you require.
Set production worksheet options to show the information you want in the
format you require. You can specify the data to print, graphics to include,
zoom factor, and general options such as company name. You can use a
color printer or a plotter to produce production worksheets. If you are using
a color printer, you can print in TrueView.
Select worksheet
or appliqué
Tip Click Standard to reset the printing options to the original values.
7 Click Display Repeats to set display options for Schiffli repeats.
This is only available with the Schiffli Option. See the Schiffli Option
Supplement for details.
8 In the General panel, select the other options you require.
Print in English: deselecting this checkbox prints worksheets in the
same language as the Windows operating system. This feature is
useful when printing to plotters where the device driver does not
support the character set you require.
Extents Box Around Design: places an outline around the design.
Company Name: prints a specified company name on the
worksheet. Select a company name from the list, or enter a new one.
Color Film: prints color blocks in the design as they appear in the
Color List. Consecutive objects of the same color form a single
‘color block’. See Printing color film for details.
9 Click OK.
You can print your design in the current or multiple colorways. See also
Working with colorways.
Select Current
Colorway or Selected
Colorways
5 Select Selected Colorways and then select one or more colorways from
the list.
To select a range of items, hold down Shift as you select.
To select multiple items, hold down Ctrl as you select.
Alternatively, select All Colorways to print out all the colorways in the
design.
Each colorway is printed on a separate sheet.
6 Click OK to return to the Print Options dialog.
7 In the Graphics panel, select Background if you want to include the
background color or fabric with the colorway.
Select Background
to include on
worksheet
Tip Select Crop to Design to crop the space around the design.
8 Click OK.
Use Print (File menu) to print separate color films of the design for selected
colorways.
Use Print Preview (File menu) to print separate color films of the design for selected
colorways.
The Color Film option lets you print color blocks in the design as they appear
in the Color-Object List. Consecutive objects of the same color form a single
‘color block’. See also Selecting and viewing objects with the Color-Object
List.
Print a copy of appliqué patterns to use in cutting out fabric pieces. Each
appliqué pattern piece is numbered according to the stitching sequence.
One copy of the placement outlines is printed to show how their positions
relate to each other. This copy is printed to fit one page. A second copy of
the placement outlines is printed at 100% scaling, with each outline
separated for use in cutting the fabric.
Note Automatically create all the stitching you need for appliqué using the
Auto Appliqué input method. See Digitizing for appliqué for details.
Select Appliqué
Patterns
You can attach designs to emails from the design window or via the Open
dialog.
The email application for your system is launched, and a new email is
created with the design file attached.
2 Enter mailing details and send.
Note You may need to install Microsoft Clipboard Viewer from your
Windows operating system installation CD.
Save outlines as
CLP format
Use Capture Design Bitmap (File menu) to save a design as a bitmap image.
You can save design images to disk or email them direct. This might be for
stock design sales purposes, for approval of digitized designs, or for
presentation on the web or in catalogs. The image can be captured as a
Select to include
background color or Select Output
fabric format
Click to enter
rectangle origin
Click to enter
rectangle corner
Image captured as
Whole Design (1:1)
5 Select an output format for the screen image from the dropdown
list—BMP, JPG, etc.
6 Select Include Background/Fabric to include the background color or
fabric with the screen capture.
7 Click OK.
Use Cut Appliqué (File menu) to send appliqué shapes from a design file to a laser
cutter.
Use the Cut Appliqué feature to send appliqué shapes from a design file to
a laser cutter. ES Designer extracts outlines from the design and sends them
to the cutter. Only closed outlines are extracted. You can also send drawing
objects directly to the cutter using this feature. ES Designer also lets you
output object outlines as a vector file. This can then be downloaded to a
laser cutter through a program such as CorelDRAW®. See To save designs
as vector images for details.
Note Before you send appliqué shapes to a cutter, make sure it is set up
on your system with the correct Windows (printer) driver. Some
cutters—e.g. Ioline—use a standard driver for HP-7475 plotters. Once the
driver is installed in Windows, there is no need for a separate hardware
setup in ES Designer.
Tip If you need more than one copy of the appliqué shape, create
multiple copies of the shape, and arrange them so you get the most
efficient use from the appliqué fabric.
8 Select File > Cut Appliqué.
The Print dialog opens.
9 From the Name list, select the appliqué cutter.
10 Click OK.
Tip If you intend to reuse the design, save the appliqué shapes file
under a similar name.
Note For details of how each CND stitch type is converted, see Conversion
of Melco CND format to Wilcom EMB.
ES Designer has two save as CND output options—Superstar Compatible
and Output Tatami as Complex Fill. Superstar-compatible machines do
not have trimmers. The Output Tatami as Complex Fill option is for
controlling Turning Tatami fills.
Trim functions
If you want to stitch a design to a machine without trimmers, then set
machine values to not output Trim codes. Then digitize the design for
manual trimming. Early versions of CND do not support Melco Trim codes.
In this case, set the machine format values to output Trims as Jumps. See
also Adjusting standard machine format settings and Adding connectors
manually.
Select required
option
Note These functions are also available when you send a CND design
for stitching.
6 Click OK.
7 Click Save.
Click to access
options
Select image
selection option
Note You can also use ES Machine Manager to send designs to machine
from within ES Designer, ES Design Explorer or Design Workflow.
ES Machine Manager lets you view and manage job queues. See the
ES Machine Manager Supplement for details.
Select embroidery
machine
Select machine
format
Tip To delete a design from the queue, select it and click Cancel.
Paper tape is the traditional medium for storing designs in stitch data
format. You can read paper tape designs of various formats into
ES Designer. Once a design is read, you can output it without change,
modify it and output it in its original format, or save it as an EMB file. You
can also punch designs to paper tape from ES Designer.
This section describes how to read from and write embroidery design files
to embroidery disk and paper tape.
Tip You can save to embroidery disk in any machine format without
changing the format of the original design.
Single Density
Double Density †
Currently most computer models have one 3.5" floppy disk drive. The
capacity of a floppy disk drive depends on its controller. Most computers
have a High Density 1.44 Mb drive which can read both Double Density 720
Kb and High Density 1.44 Mb floppy disks. Most embroidery machines use
Double Density or High Density disks so there is usually no problem
transferring designs. See also Supported embroidery disk formats.
Currently there are no floppy disk controller cards available for laptop
computers which are suitable for formatting, reading and writing Melco
embroidery disks.
If you want to stitch designs on Melco Star or Superstar machines but your
disk drive cannot produce a Melco format disk, you can connect from
Select embroidery
formats to check
3 In the Floppy Disk Drive panel, select a disk drive from the list.
4 In the Disk Format Type panel, select the embroidery formats to
check.
5 Insert a DS/DD disk in the floppy drive.
Warning Don’t use a floppy disk containing data that you want to keep
as the Test Disk utility erases all data contained on it.
6 Click OK.
When testing finishes, the Test Results dialog will display. Your PC will
not support the reading, writing or formatting of specified diskettes.
Tip The MelCheck feature in the Test Disk menu is identical to the
Melco feature in the Disk Format Test Selection dialog.
You can open designs of other formats from specially formatted embroidery
disks. See also Supported embroidery disk formats.
Select drive
Select format
Select design
type
Note If the Options button is available, you can set recognition options
for the design. See Opening Melco CND outline files, Opening stitch files
with object/outline recognition and Opening stitch files without
object/outline recognition for details.
7 Click Open.
Use Embroidery Disk > Format (File menu) to format an embroidery disk.
Warning Use the disk type required by the embroidery machine, not the
computer. For example, if a machine requires DD disks, you must use DD
disks even though your computer may have an HD drive. If your machine
can only read single density disks you may need to install a special floppy
disk controller card in your computer. See also Supported embroidery disk
formats.
Note Use the disk type required by the embroidery machine, not the
computer. See Embroidery floppy disks for details.
2 Select File > Embroidery Disk > Format.
The Format Embroidery Disk dialog opens.
Select drive
Select format
Select disk
format
Enter disk
label
Select format
option
Warning This is a Windows system dialog and may vary with the particular
operating system you are using.
7 From the Capacity list, select the disk storage capacity.
8 In the Format Options panel, select the ‘full format’ option:
Quick Format erases all data from the disk but does not reformat it.
Untick the option to reformat a blank disk. See your Windows manual
for details.
9 Click Start.
A progress bar appears. You are prompted when formatting is complete.
Select drive
Select format
Note If the disk is not formatted, or its format is not correct, click
Format. See Formatting embroidery disks for details.
5 In the Design Name field, enter a name for the design.
6 In the Filename field, enter a name for the design file.
Warning Wait until the light on the floppy disk drive stops flashing
before removing the disk.
Use Paper Tape > Read (File menu) to read a paper tape design.
Tip Create backups of your paper tape designs by reading them into
ES Designer, then saving them to hard disk or embroidery disk in the same
machine format. This does not change the design in any way.
Warning Do not read the optional label which is at the beginning of the
tape as it is not part of the stitch data.
2 Select File > Paper Tape > Read.
The Choose Read Tape Type dialog opens.
Select machine
format
3 From the Choose input machine list, select the required machine
format.
Note Make sure you select the correct format as it cannot be detected
automatically by ES Designer.
4 Click OK.
The Tape Manager dialog opens.
Select to confirm
tape reader setup
before reading
Use Paper Tape > Punch (File menu) to punch a design to a paper tape.
You can punch designs to paper tape from ES Designer. You can select the
output format type and include labels with the design. You can also choose
to rewind the tape after punching, or punch in the reverse stitching
sequence.
Select machine
format
3 From the Choose output machine list, select the required machine
format.
Note Make sure you select the correct format as it cannot be detected
automatically by ES Designer.
4 Click OK.
Select to confirm
punch setup
before punching
5 Set up the paper tape punch if not already configured. See Setting up
paper tape punches for details.
6 Click Punch.
If the Confirm Setup checkbox is selected, the Punch to Tape dialog
opens displaying technical details of the punch connection. Click OK to
continue.
Embroidery Clipart
This section describes how to view, search and sort embroidery clipart. It
also explains how to record it and manage keywords. See Embroidery
Clipart for details.
Use Match to Palette (Embroidery Clipart dialog) to find the nearest match
between the selected clipart element colors and the color palette.
Scroll to browse
Hover cursor
over thumbnail
Note Before using the clipart in your design, decide whether to toggle
Match to Palette on or off:
On: when you insert your clipart, its colors are matched to the
current color palette.
Off: unique colors in the clipart are added to the current color
palette.
See also Setting inserted embroidery file options.
Right-click and
select Insert
3 Select:
Name Ascending or Descending to sort by names
alphabetically—Ascending sorts letters from A to Z and numbers
from lowest to highest, Descending sorts in reverse order.
Colors Ascending or Descending to sort by the number of colors.
Stitches Ascending or Descending to sort by the number of
stitches.
Click to search
Key in letters
to filter list Click to move to selected
Racket
Realistic keywords list
Ribbon
Rifle Click to remove from
Ring selected keywords list
Select keyword Sail
to search Sail boarding
Santa Click to remove all from
Sea selected keywords list
Shapes
Snow
Assign name
Preview
Animal
Select keyword Ball Assign keywords to
Baseball design element
Basketball
Bicycle
Click to add
keyword
5 Click OK.
6 Select a keyword and click the Move button or double-click to move it
to the Selected Keywords column.
Managing keywords
Managing keywords is an essential part maintaining the clipart library
efficiently. You can add keywords to your list for future use without having
to assign them to a particular design. You can also remove keywords and
modify them with the Manage Keywords feature.
Use Manage Keywords (Clipart toolbar) to manage keywords for the clipart.
Actor
Animal Click to add
Applique
Architecture Click to modify
Ball
Basketball
Beetle Click to delete
Bells
Boat
Building
Butterfly
Cartoon
Cats
Children
Christmas
Crab
Actor
Animal
Applique
Architecture
Ball
Basketball
Beetle
Bells
Boat
Aside from adding, modifying and deleting keywords, you can manage your
keyword collection by exporting to a text file. You can later restore keywords
by re-importing the text file.
Actor
Animal
Applique
Architecture
Ball
Basketball
Beetle
Bells
Boat
Building
Butterfly Click to import
Cartoon
Cats
Children Click to export
Christmas
Crab
Note When you import keywords, only unique keywords are appended
to any existing list. Duplicates are ignored.
5 To export the keywords in the list, click Export or press Alt+E.
Actor
Animal
Applique
Architecture
Ball
Basketball
Beetle
Bells
Boat
Building
Butterfly
Cartoon
Cats
Children
Christmas
Collie
Column
Browse to network
location
Select UDL to
connect to
Note If you do not have the Design Workflow option activated on your
dongle, the menu will display a Learn Design Workflow Engine option.
This explains the benefits of using the engine across the enterprise.
Note If you start ES Design Explorer from the desktop or from the Windows
Start button, ES Designer will also open. If your computer is slow or you
have many applications running, ES Design Explorer may not open.
menu bar
toolbar
files dropdown
folder listing
design thumbnails
contained in
selected folder
split bar
status bar
Tip Designs can also be displayed full screen using ES Designer. See
Opening designs in ES Designer for details.
Thumbnail view
Summary view
List view
Click to run in
full-screen mode
2 To view designs in another folder, select from the Look in dropdown list.
Tip Alternatively, select View > Browse Location to open the Browse
For Folder dialog.
Zipped design
Zipped design names appear in
file appears in italics
folder listing
Icon Description
This means that ES Design Explorer cannot find the design file.
Replace missing files from backup or another source. If this is not
possible, delete the record or refresh the directory. See also
Refreshing the display.
Changing locale
Warning If the default locale is not the same as the language of the
Operating System, then this option will not work properly. See also ‘locale’
in Windows Help for information about changing Windows to suit different
locales.
To change locale
1 Open ES Design Explorer. See Opening ES Design Explorer for details.
Tip See also ‘locale’ in Windows Help for information about changing
keyboards, fonts and so on to suit different locales.
Select User Preferences (View menu) to set design view user preferences.
Set user
preferences
Tip The color and intensity of highlights can be changed in the Windows
Control Panel to suit each user. See Windows Help for details about
‘Display Settings’.
4 In the Double-click Options panel, select either:
Open Design: if you want the normal Windows action when you
double-click a design name or thumbnail, or
Show Properties: if you want to open the Properties dialog for
designs that you double-click.
5 Click OK to save the settings.
Tip If you need more space in the display window for viewing
thumbnails, click the Hide/Show folder listing button.
Select Customize
Column
2 Right-click the column header and select the Customize Column from
the popup menu. Alternatively, select View > Customize Columns >
Design List.
The Columns dialog opens.
Click to reorder
Select / deselect selected fields
fields to include in
listing
Click to hide
selected fields
Drag-and-drop
header to new
location
Tip You can also filter the contents of any design folder to show only certain
types of file—e.g. EMB only. See Sorting files in folders for details.
Tip Designs in folders can be browsed using navigation buttons and slide
show buttons on the Properties dialog. See Sorting files in folders for
details.
Stitch information from the design file appears grayed out and cannot
be edited. The Design, Description, and Selected fields are ranged
across the top of the dialog. Use the Selected field at the top of the
dialog to select or deselect designs in the main window as you move
between designs. See Sorting files in folders for details.
Tip If not all text is visible in a field, select the field and use the Arrow,
Home and End keys to scroll. Alternatively, resize the dialog.
3 Click OK to close.
navigation buttons
Click to select
or deselect
designs
If you want to browse the entire folder, use the red navigation
buttons.
These allow you to move to the first design, last design, previous
design and next design in the folder.
Use the Selected checkbox to select or deselect designs as you
browse.
If you want to browse through selected designs, use the blue
navigation buttons.
These allow you to move to the first selected design, last selected
design, previous selected design and next selected design in the
folder.
5 Click OK.
stop fast/slow
backwards forwards
Tip With the file selected, right-click to open a popup menu which includes
the commands Open, Print, Convert, Punch to Tape, Stitch to Machine, and
Delete.
Tip The thumbnail image generation process can be very slow on older
machines or if there are a lot of designs in the database. Holding down
the Alt key will abort the redraw. The thumbnail will be drawn using a
default yellow exclamation mark.
3 Sort designs by required category—e.g. sort by customer to list each
customer’s designs consecutively. See Sorting files in folders for details.
4 Select a design or designs.
To select a range of items, hold down Shift as you select.
To select multiple items, hold down Ctrl as you select.
To select all designs in the current folder, select Edit > Select All or
click Ctrl+A.
5 To deselect all selected designs, select Edit > Deselect All, or click any
unselected design.
Hold down the Alt key, then tap the Tab key until the ES Designer
icon is highlighted. Release the Alt key.
Note If there is no template other than default, the New dialog may
not appear.
2 Select a template from the list.
3 Click OK.
shortcut
3 Select:
All Files to show every file type in the folder.
Artwork Files to display only BMP and PNG files.
Any other option to display only files of that type—e.g. templates.
Click column
heading to sort
You can sort designs by various criteria such as Colors, Design Date, Design
Name, File Type, etc. ES Design Explorer lets you sort them by up to two
levels, in ascending or descending order.
Select Level 1
criterion
Select Level 2
criterion
Email selected
designs
Select files to
include
Tip When a file is selected, right-click to open a popup menu which includes
the commands Open, Print, Convert, Punch to Tape, Stitch to Machine, and
Delete.
Select one or more designs in a folder using ES Design Explorer. You can
then stitch to any embroidery machine connected to your ES Designer
system.
Select one or more designs in a folder using ES Design Explorer. You can
then punch to any paper tape punching machine connected to your
ES Designer system.
Tip Before printing, publishing or exporting, sort the designs into useful
groups. For example, sort by Type or search by Customer. See Sorting files
in folders for details.
Note Unlike Print Designs, this option can provide all of the design and
sewing information available, but it uses far more paper to do so. See also
Printing design catalogs.
Select worksheet
or appliqué
Note The dialog and the settings available will vary from printer to
printer. See your printer manual for details.
8 Click OK.
Click to preview
4 Change the Scale (%) amount if you want your thumbnails bigger or
smaller.
5 Select Summary if you want design details to be printed.
6 Click Preview as required.
7 Click Printer to select a printer, paper size and other options in the
Windows Print dialog for the printer attached to your PC.
8 Click OK to print the catalog.
Tip If the catalog requires more than one page, you can select which
page to print in the Windows Print dialog.
4 Change the Scale (%) amount if you want your thumbnails bigger or
smaller.
5 Adjust the number of rows and number of columns for the final output,
which will appear as a table.
6 De-select Summary if you don’t want design details to appear.
7 Enter a filename and location in the File Name field—e.g.
C:\Designs\Catalogs\Crests.htm—or accept the default settings.
Tip Make a separate folder for each catalog—the catalog conversion will
generate a PNG file for a thumbnail of each design, another PNG file for
a TrueView of each design, and an HTML file for each page.
8 Click OK to start converting the designs.
Use Convert Selected Designs to convert from one design file type to
another.
Tip You can use this capability in conjunction with the Auto Color Merge
feature. The Auto Color Merge feature reads thread color information for
CND files from an associated TXT file so that stitches are displayed in the
correct colors when they are converted to EMB. See Color merging Melco
CND files for details.
ES Design Explorer provides a shortcut to the WinZip utility via the toolbar.
5 Enter a file name for your zipped file and click Save.
The selected designs are copied to the zip file. You can view them in the
specified folder. See Viewing zipped designs in folders for details.
Zipped design
Zipped design names appear in
file appears in italics
folder listing
Note If you rename the file, ensure that the three letter extension—e.g.
EMB—is not altered.
Rename
selected design
Deleting designs
Delete designs to remove them permanently from your PC.
You will need to connect peripheral devices for use with ES Designer. These
may include digitizing tablets, plotters, printers, paper tape readers and
punches, appliqué cutters, scanners and embroidery machines. Different
devices are set up in different ways—some in Windows, via the Control
Panel, others within ES Designer itself.
This section describes how to set up digitizing tablets, embroidery
machines, paper tape readers and punches, and scanners. It also describes
how to calibrate the monitor.
Note Local area networks (LANs) commonly use ethernet networks for
machine connection.
PC serial COM ports are male connectors, and can be either 9-pin or 25-pin.
They are named COM1, COM2, COM3, etc. When you set up a digitizer or
machine that is connected via a serial port, you need to enter the serial port
settings in ES Designer as part of the setup procedure. See Setting up
digitizing tablets or Setting up embroidery machines for Stitch Manager.
Note You must be able to identify the ports on your computer. If in doubt,
consult a PC technician.
Select device
Click to access
device settings
2 Select a device from the Type list and select an item in the Name
column, then click Values.
Click Setup
3 In the Connected To panel, select a serial port from the Port list.
4 Click Setup.
The Serial Port Setup dialog opens.
5 Enter the Baud rate, Data Bits, Stop Bits and Parity and Handshaking
settings for the device.
Note The port settings must match those of the embroidery machine
or selected device. The type of handshaking must match the type of
cable you are using. Check the communications setup section of the
documentation that came with the device.
6 Click OK.
Network settings
If an embroidery machine connection uses a Melco StarLAN network with a
Melco StarLAN card, enter the network settings. You do this as part of the
procedure for setting up or modifying machines in ES Designer. See Setting
up embroidery machines for Stitch Manager for details.
Ethernet settings
2 In the Machine Identification field, select a machine from the list and
click Setup.
The Embroidery Machine Connection dialog opens.
Select
Ethernet
You can set up your digitizing tablet in ES Designer to define the required
format and pointer display mode. The pointer display mode can be set to
Point or Stream. If you change this setting on the digitizing tablet itself,
you must also change it in ES Designer.
Point mode
In Point mode, the pointer on the screen does not move when you move
the digitizer puck on the tablet. The pointer position on the design area of
Stream mode
In Stream mode, the pointer position is continually updated. When you
move the digitizer puck on the tablet, the pointer moves on the screen.
Note If you use Stream mode, you need to set the digitizer to transmit at
20 data packets per second or less. The baud rate for the digitizing tablet
and serial port must both be set to 9600 baud. See Serial port settings for
details.
To avoid loss of data at high speed, it is important to set up the digitizer
correctly. If it can only transmit at greater than 20 data packets per second,
reduce the baud rate of the digitizer from 9600 baud to 2400 baud.
Select Digitizer
Click to access
digitizer settings
Enter name
Select digitizer
format
Note This setting must be the same as the one you specified on the
digitizing tablet.
9 From the Port list, select the COM port to which the digitizer is
connected.
10 Click Setup to access the serial port settings.
These settings must be the same as those set on the digitizing tablet,
or ES Designer will not be able to communicate with it. See Serial port
settings for details.
Note If you selected Stream mode, set the Baud value to 9600.
11 Click OK to return to the Hardware Setup dialog.
12 Click Close.
Enter format
name
Enter format
string for tablet
Enter digitizing
scale
3 In the Format Name field, enter a name for the new or modified format.
4 In the Format String field, enter the format string your digitizing tablet
outputs.
Note To set up the digitizing tablet with the new or modified format,
complete the standard setup procedure. See To set up a digitizing tablet
for details.
Use Hardware Setup (Special menu) to setup embroidery machines for Stitch
Manager.
To set up a machine you need to define a name, the port it is attached to,
and the protocol it uses. You can select whether to download directly to the
selected machine or to receive a confirmation message each time. For every
machine, you need to select the machine formats it supports. You can select
from among standard formats, or create new formats if necessary. See
Changing Machine Formats for details.
Select Direct
Click to add
Machine
machine
Connection
Click to access
machine settings
Enter machine
name
Use Hardware Setup (Special menu) to delete embroidery machines from Stitch
Manager.
Select Direct
Machine
Connection Click Delete to
Select machine remove the
to delete machine
Use Paper Tape > Read (File menu) to setup paper tape readers and punches.
Set up paper tape readers and punches from within ES Designer. The values
you enter here are the default values when reading and punching tapes.
Paper tape formats supported in ES Designer include Tajima, Barudan,
Zangs, ZSK and Pfaff.
Select machine
format
3 From the Choose input machine list, select the required machine
format.
Note Make sure you select the correct format as it cannot be detected
automatically by ES Designer.
4 Click OK.
The Tape Manager dialog opens.
Select to confirm
tape reader setup
before reading
5 Select the Confirm Setup checkbox if you want to confirm the setup of
the tape reader before reading.
6 In the Reader Setup panel, select the required reader from the Reader
Name list.
7 Click Setup to access the serial port settings.
These settings must be the same as those set on the tape reader, or
ES Designer will not be able to communicate with it. See Serial port
settings for details.
8 Click Exit.
Use Paper Tape Punch (File menu) to setup paper tape punches.
Set up paper tape punches in ES Designer to select the machine format, and
specify options such as labels, rewinding and punching in the reverse
sequence.
Select machine
format
3 From the Choose output machine list, select the required machine
format.
Note Make sure you select the correct format as it cannot be detected
automatically by ES Designer.
4 Click OK.
The Tape Manager dialog opens.
Select to confirm
punch setup
before punching
5 Select the Confirm Setup checkbox if you want to confirm the setup of
the tape punch before punching.
6 From the Punch Name list, select the required tape punch.
Setting up scanners
To set up scanners
1 Connect the scanner using the accompanying instructions.
2 Set it up in Windows using the accompanying instructions and/or the
Microsoft Windows documentation.
3 Start ES Designer.
4 Select File > Scanner Setup.
Select
scanning driver
You need to calibrate your monitor so that designs at 1:1 scale appear at
real size. Do this when you first install ES Designer or whenever you change
your monitor.
Select Display
Monitor
Click to access
screen calibration
settings
Measure
height
Measure width
You can use a digitizing tablet and puck with ES Designer as an alternative
to digitizing directly on-screen. To use a tablet, you place an enlargement
drawing on the active area, and use the puck to mark reference points. You
can also select commands with the puck and menu chart provided with the
software.
This section describes how to register both the menu chart and enlargement
drawing on the digitizing tablet so that ES Designer can interpret the
commands you select as well as the outlines you digitize. It also explains
how to change the drawing scale, shift an enlargement drawing, and how to
select preset spacing values using the menu chart.
Note Before you start, you need to set up your digitizing tablet. See Setting
up digitizing tablets for details.
The menu chart provided with the software lets you select commands
directly on the digitizing tablet. Before you can use it, you need to register
it. A copy of the menu chart is provided in this manual together with a key
to the menu chart icons. See Quick Reference for details.
Tip If you prefer to use a bigger or smaller menu chart, scale it—e.g. on a
photocopier—and register the scaled version.
Select Register
Menu
Menu Chart
Digitizing Puck
Button 1
Tip If the drawing is bigger than the digitizing tablet, enter additional
points to help you shift the drawing as you digitize. See also Shifting an
enlargement drawing.
rotation reference
point
name flower
origin
scale 3:1
When you place an enlargement drawing on the digitizing tablet, you need
to register it so ES Designer can interpret the design. To register an
enlargement drawing, enter the scale, and digitize the origin and rotation
points on the tablet. The origin and rotation points should be marked on the
enlargement drawing. If they are not, you need to draw them in.
Note The menu chart and enlargement drawing should not overlap. If they
do, you may need to shift the design as you digitize, or move and re-register
the menu chart. See Shifting an enlargement drawing and Registering the
menu chart.
Enter drawing
scale
Select Register
Drawing
Deselect Register
menu
Select Save as
defaults
Tip To calculate the scale, divide the height of the enlargement drawing
by the required height of the final embroidery. Enlargement drawings
are generally prepared at a scale of 3.00.
3 In the Drawing Position panel, select the Register Drawing checkbox.
4 In the Menu Chart panel, deselect the Register Menu checkbox.
5 In the Default panel, select the Save as defaults checkbox.
This saves the registration information for this drawing so you do not
have to re-register each time you resume digitizing.
6 Click OK.
7 Place the enlargement drawing on the digitizing tablet.
8 Click the origin and rotation points of the drawing with Button 1 of the
digitizing puck.
rotation reference
point
flower
origin
3:1
You can change drawing scale during digitizing. When you change the scale,
ES Designer automatically resizes the object outlines and regenerates the
stitches.
Enter new
drawing scale
Select Resize Design to
Match Drawing
Select Register
Drawing
Tip To calculate the scale, divide the height the enlargement drawing
by the required height of the final embroidery. Enlargement drawings
are generally prepared at a scale of 3.00.
3 Select the Resize Design to Match Drawing checkbox.
4 In the Drawing Position panel, select the Register Drawing checkbox.
If the drawing is bigger than the digitizing tablet, you can move it across the
tablet and continue digitizing. To move a drawing you need to draw, and
digitize, two additional reference points. These points must be over the
active part of the digitizing tablet, both before and after the move.
Note If the enlargement drawing overlaps the menu chart when you shift
it, move the chart and register it again. See also Registering the menu chart.
Tip If you are shifting the drawing up or down, draw the additional
reference points horizontally. If you are shifting the drawing left or right,
draw the reference points vertically.
2 Select Special > Tablet.
The Tablet Setup dialog opens.
6 Move the drawing so that the part you want to digitize next is over the
active area of the digitizing tablet, and click the additional reference
points again.
Mouse or keyb’d
Function Button Description
equivalent
Tip The spacing value displays in the Status Line next to the stitch
type.
Note You can display or hide design guides in any combination. No design
guides display while in TrueView.
Select design
elements to display
Use Show Bitmap (Standard toolbar) to show and hide bitmap images.
Right-click to set image display options.
Use Show Vectors (Standard toolbar) to show and hide vector images.
Right-click to set image display options.
You can dim bitmap image backdrops on your screen to make it easier to
view stitches when they are the same color as the image. You can also show
colored vector images as outlines only. Dimming, however, only applies to
bitmap images—you cannot dim vector drawings. Similarly, you can’t show
bitmap images as outlines only.
4 Click OK.
Right-click Show Grid (Standard toolbar) to set grid reference point and
spacing.
Align the grid to a reference point in the design—e.g. when you want a grid
line to intersect the center of the design, or to sit under a particular object.
See also Changing display colors.
Tip To use these settings as defaults for the current template, click
Save.
5 Click OK.
If you selected Set Reference Point, mark the reference point on your
design. The grid aligns so that horizontal and vertical grid lines intersect
at this point.
Right-click Show Grid (Standard toolbar) to set the Snap to Grid and Snap to
Guides options.
Right-click Show Rulers and Guides (Standard toolbar) to set the Snap to
Grid and Snap to Guides options.
Use the improved Snap to Grid and/or Snap to Guides feature to align
objects in your design with the nearest grid or guide lines. Reference points,
control points or leading edges of objects snap to grid and/or guides during
digitizing, sizing, reshaping, or positioning operations. When any of these
operations is taking place, grid or guide lines change color temporarily to
indicate that ‘snap to’ is active.
Note Each design has its own set of guides and its own zero point for the
rulers. When a design is saved, the ruler zero point and positions of the
guides, if any, are saved with it. In the factory-shipped Normal template,
rulers are on and there are no guides. If you save any template, the state
of the rulers and guides are included in that template.
Select
Show Grid
Select Snap
to Grid
Select Show
Select Snap Rulers and
to Guides Guides
Select Options > Auto Scroll (Special menu) to set Auto Scroll options.
Use Auto Scroll to scroll the design automatically while you are digitizing.
This can be more convenient than using panning or the scroll bars.
Tip Hold down the Shift key to temporarily deactivate Auto Scroll.
Select Options > Reshape (Special menu) to set object reshaping options.
Select Options (Special menu) to set automatic save and backup options.
Tip Backup files should be kept in a separate location to the original files,
preferably off-site.
Warning Backup files remain in the BACKUP folder until you delete
them. To prevent the folder from using too much hard disk space, delete
unwanted files regularly.
6 Click OK.
Y = 16.45 mm Y = -16.45 mm
X = 28.49 mm X = - 28.49 mm
1 2
Status bar
A negative X value indicates that the second point was placed to the left of
the first point, while a negative Y value displays when the second point is
below the first. Negative angles indicate angles of more than 180º—e.g. an
angle of -60º is equal to 300º.
90º
2 135º 45º
180º 0º
A = 30º
1 -135º -45º
-90º
Tip You can measure on-screen distances using the values in the Status
Bar. See Measuring distances on-screen for details.
You can optionally display the pointer position relative to the last digitized
point or stitch point, or as an absolute value from the first needle point of
the design.
Select relative or
absolute pointer
position
Select inserted
embroidery file
option
You can control where an object is positioned when pasted into a design. The
default is to paste objects at the position set by the coordinates in the
Object Properties dialog. If you are pasting within the same design, this is
the same position from which the object was copied or cut. Other paste
position options are available.
Note Paste options control the physical position of the object in the design,
not its position in the stitching sequence.
Select paste
position setting
4 Click OK.
Select Options (Special menu) to set default object property ‘apply’ settings.
Select object
properties default
Select Options (Special menu) to set stitch count display, small stitch filter, cursor
type and integrity of the design.
Select other
general options
Tip Use the tooltip with the crosshair cursor on for a more accurate
measurement.
4 Click OK.
ES 2006
Capability Feature 21L 21E 21D 45 65 Reference in Online Manual
Basics Basic Procedures
Toolbar docking and parking Toolbar docking and parking
Context-sensitive popup menus Using popup menus
Modeless object properties Accessing object properties
Multiple undos/redos Undoing and redoing commands
Open designs (EMB) Opening designs
Create new designs (normal, custom Creating new designs
templates)
Generate stitches Generating stitches
Wilcom ES Online Manual
Display grids, rulers and guides Displaying grids, rulers and guides
Display measurements Measuring distances on-screen
Select machine format Selecting machine formats
Save designs Saving designs
Object Selection Working with Design Objects
Select all objects in a design Selecting all objects in a design
Select individual objects Selecting objects with Select Object
Select objects while ‘traveling’ Selecting objects ‘on the fly’
Select groups of objects Selecting objects with Polygon Select/Line
Select
Select objects by color Selecting objects by color
Select objects by stitch type Selecting objects by stitch type
Select objects with Color-Object List Color-Object Selecting and viewing objects with the
List Color-Object List
Design Viewing Viewing Designs
Zoom and pan designs Zooming and panning designs
Show design in Overview window Working with the Overview Window
Show / hide selected objects Showing and hiding selected objects
Show objects by color Viewing design objects by color
Show design outlines and stitches Viewing stitches and outlines
Show design in TrueView TrueView Viewing designs in TrueView
Included as standard Cost option New/improved feature/option L For lettering only LG For lettering and grouped objects only
871
ES 2006
Capability Feature 21L 21E 21D 45 65 Reference in Online Manual
Show design needle points, Viewing needle points, connectors and
connectors and functions functions
Travel through design by stitches, Viewing the stitching sequence
color, function
Show stitch sequence Slow Redraw Redrawing the stitching sequence slowly
Show multiple colorways Viewing colorways
Change background Changing background colors and fabrics
Change display colors Changing display colors
Show design information in Windows Viewing design information in Windows
Explorer Explorer
Show design properties Viewing design information in ES Designer
Estimate total thread usage Estimating total thread usage
Product Differentiation Table
Included as standard Cost option New/improved feature/option L For lettering only LG For lettering and grouped objects only
ES 2006
Capability Feature 21L 21E 21D 45 65 Reference in Online Manual
Triple Satin Triple Satin L Adjusting Satin stitch count
Tatami stitch Tatami L Creating fills with Tatami stitch
Tatami backstitch L Selecting a Tatami backstitch
Zigzag stitch Zigzag L Creating outlines with Zigzag stitch
E Stitch E Stitch Creating outlines with E Stitch
Backstitch and Stemstitch Backstitch Creating decorative outlines
Colorways and Thread Charts Colorways and Thread Charts
Change thread colors Changing thread colors
Set up color palettes Setting up color palettes
Multiple colorways Adding and deleting colorways
Name design elements Naming design elements via the Color Palette
Editor
Wilcom ES Online Manual
stitches
Convert selected stitches to objects Converting selected stitches to objects
Insert/edit/clear machine functions Editing machine functions
Edit stitches and functions with Stitch Stitch List Editing stitches and functions with Stitch List
List
Filter stitches by function/stitch Stitch List Editing stitches and functions with Stitch List
length
Object Properties, Styles and Templates Object Properties, Styles and Templates
Change properties of existing Changing properties of existing objects
objects
Make selected object properties Making selected object properties current
current
Modify current property settings Modifying current property settings
Apply current settings to existing Applying current settings to existing objects
objects
Change default properties L Changing default property settings
Define styles Defining new styles
Assign favorite styles Assigning favorite styles
Merge styles Merging styles
Create design templates Creating design templates
Save current properties to a L Saving current properties to a template
template
Revert to NORMAL template Reverting to the NORMAL template
Included as standard Cost option New/improved feature/option L For lettering only LG For lettering and grouped objects only
876
ES 2006
Capability Feature 21L 21E 21D 45 65 Reference in Online Manual
Specialized Digitizing Techniques Specialized Digitizing Techniques
Create circles, stars and rings Digitizing circles, stars and rings
Reinforce outlines Backtrack / Reinforcing outlines
Repeat
Remove underlying stitching Removing underlying stitching
Split long stitches Auto Split Splitting long stitches with Auto Split
Preserve long stitches Auto Jump Preserving long stitches with Auto Jump
Create offset outlines Offset Object Creating outlines and filling holes
Fill holes in Complex Fill objects Filling holes in objects
Add borders to designs Adding borders to designs
Create appliqué designs Auto Appliqué Digitizing for appliqué
Create partial appliqué shapes Partial Appliqué Creating partial cover appliqué objects
Wilcom ES Online Manual
Included as standard Cost option New/improved feature/option L For lettering only LG For lettering and grouped objects only
ES 2006
Capability Feature 21L 21E 21D 45 65 Reference in Online Manual
Create 3D effects with motif fills 3D Warp Applying 3D effects to motif fills
Insert single motifs Selecting and inserting single motifs
Rotate, mirror and scale motifs Rotating, mirroring and scaling motifs
Create motifs Saving motifs
Create motif sets Creating motif sets
Sequins and Boring Sequins and Boring
Set up custom sequin palette Setting up custom sequin palettes
Create sequin runs Sequin Run Creating sequin runs
Digitize individual sequins Sequin Manual Digitizing individual sequins
Convert sequin artwork to Sequin Converting sequin artwork to Sequin Run
Run
Product Differentiation Table
Scale and reshape sequin runs Scaling and reshaping sequin runs
Digitize boring holes Digitizing boring holes
Embroidery Lettering Embroidery Lettering
Add lettering to embroidery designs Adding lettering to embroidery designs
Add baselines—horizontal, vertical, Working with lettering baselines
arc, circle, custom
Format lettering—italic, bold, Formatting lettering
justified
Adjust letter spacing Adjusting letter spacing
Edit lettering text Editing lettering text
Scale lettering Scaling lettering
Skew and rotate lettering objects Transforming lettering objects
Adjust individual letters—reposition, Adjusting individual letters
transform, reshape, recolor
Adjust and reshape baselines Adjusting baselines
Change stitch types of lettering Changing lettering stitch types
objects
Adjust lettering stitching sequence Adjusting letter sequencing
Change lettering join method Changing lettering join method
Adjust lettering underlay settings Adjusting lettering underlay settings
Add special characters and symbols Adding special characters and symbols
Create special effects with Creating special effects with envelopes
envelopes
878
Included as standard Cost option New/improved feature/option L For lettering only LG For lettering and grouped objects only
ES 2006
Capability Feature 21L 21E 21D 45 65 Reference in Online Manual
Add multiple names to designs Team Names Team lettering
View and edit individual team names Team Names Viewing and modifying individual team names
Create individual designs with team Team Names Creating individual designs with team names
names
Create a matrix of team name Team Names Creating a matrix of team name designs
designs
Custom Alphabets Custom Alphabets
Convert TrueType fonts to Convert TTF Converting TrueType fonts to embroidery
embroidery alphabets alphabets
Automatic letter kerning Auto Kerning Automatic letter kerning
User-refined alphabets User-refined alphabets
Create custom alphabets Creating custom alphabets
Wilcom ES Online Manual
Included as standard Cost option New/improved feature/option L For lettering only LG For lettering and grouped objects only
ES 2006
Capability Feature 21L 21E 21D 45 65 Reference in Online Manual
Print backgrounds on production Customizing production worksheet information
worksheets
Print multiple colorways Printing multiple colorways
Print color blocks Printing color film
Print appliqué patterns Printing appliqué patterns
Send designs as email attachments Sending designs as email attachments
Save designs as vector images Saving designs as vector images
Save designs as bitmap images Capturing designs as bitmap images
Cut appliqué shapes Cutting appliqué shapes
Stitch designs to machine with Stitch Stitching designs with Stitch Manager
Manager
Product Differentiation Table
Note While the Graphical User Interface (GUI) elements in ES Designer are
organized somewhat differently to DG/ML and Punchant, they provide
exactly the same functionality, and more.
Pointer toolbar
Input toolbar
Travel toolbar
Image toolbar
Status bar
Prompt line
Design Window Color toolbar General object properties
Dropdown Popup
Command Toolbar Tablet Shortcut
Menu Menu
Basics
About ES Help
Measure View m
Toolbars View
Cascade Window
Pan View 7 or P
Redraw View 4 or R
] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.
Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object List
TrueView™ ] Standard T
Object Selection
Add Next Object to Selection C+Ta
] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.
Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object List
] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.
Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object List
Manual Digitizing
Change between Fill Stitch and
R
Manual
Change between Fill Stitch and
s
Run
Embroidery Object > Input A ] Insert Input
] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.
Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object List
Background Color
] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.
Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object List
Tie-off Pointer
Trim Pointer
Bitmaps
Insert File Image
Scan File
Vectors
] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.
Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object List
] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.
Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object List
Transforming Objects
Array Mirror-Merge
Reflect Mirror-Merge
Rows
Row Spacing
] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.
Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object List
Columns
Column Spacing
Wreath Mirror-Merge
Kaleidoscope Mirror-Merge
Wreath Points
Radius
Initial Angle
Transform Edit
Rotate 45 CW Transform
Rotate
Skew
] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.
Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object List
Black text SL
MultiColored text SL
Show Functions SL
Stop Machine
Stitch Quality
] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.
Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object List
Specialized Digitizing
Backtrack = Pointer
Repeat = Pointer
] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.
Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object List
Sequins
Vectors to Sequins Sequin
] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.
Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object List
Export As File
] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.
Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object List
Send File
Open As Standard
Options Special
V (hold
Turn off automatic scroll
down)
Digitizing Tablet
Backspace
Enter
] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.
Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object List
No
Preset Spacing
Shift Drawing
Shift Menu
Space
Tab
Yes R
Chenille
Chenille
Chain
Option
Chenille Manual Supplement Help
Chenille
Compound Chenille ]
Option
Chenille
Moss
Option
Chenille
Needle Height
Option
Chenille
Stitch Type > Coil ] Stitch
Option
Chenille
Stitch Type > Island Coil ] Stitch
Option
Chenille
Stitch Type > Perpendicular Fill ] Stitch
Option
Chenille
Stitch Type > Straight ] Stitch
Option
View by Machine Function
View
> Chain / Moss
Schiffli
Design Repeat Special V+W
] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.
Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object List
] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.
Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object List
- 5
- ( ) *
+,
- -
- -
- -
-
- - -
6 7 -
-
- - 8
- +
- &
9 *"
- -1 2 3- 4 5- 6 7- 8 9 10
- 11
- 12
- 13
- 14
- 15
- 16
- 17
- 18
- 19
- 20
- -
not in all models; no en todos los modelos; nao em © Copyright 1990-2005
todos os modelos; non in tutti i modelli; pas dans tous Wilcom International Pty. Ltd.
les modèles; nicht verfügbar für alle Modelle
Menu Chart Key
Pressing a different button on your digitizing puck can affect a command on
your Menu Chart in different ways:
Generally, a command will simply be executed—e.g. Save file, Undo
command, Generate stitches, etc.
Some commands toggle a function on or off—e.g. Auto Jump On/Off,
TrueView On/Off, etc. The same or different puck buttons may toggle the
command.
Other commands affect sequence—e.g. Travel to Start/End of Design,
Travel to Next/Previous Function. Different buttons generally control
direction—i.e. forward / backward.
Some commands let you select options or adjust values which affect the
command—e.g. Program Split display options, Fractional Spacing
values.
The key at the bottom of the table explains the action that a particular
button press performs in combination with a given command icon.
Save
i Information
Undo Redo
Remove Small
Exit
Stitches
⌧ toggle on/off activate deactivate change values view options backward forward
Center Current
Pan
Stitch
Show Needle
Show Outline
Points
Show Function
Show Connectors
Symbols
Show
1. Chain/Moss
Show Drawing ⌧ ⌧ ⌧
2. Stepp/Blatt
3. Needle In/Out
Satin Tatami
Zigzag E-Stitch
⌧ toggle on/off activate deactivate change values view options backward forward
Pull Fractional
Compensation Spacing
Automatic
Jagged Edge
Underlay
Accordion
3D 3D Warp
Spacing
Coil Straight
Compound
Needle Height ⌧
Chenille
Chain ⌧ Moss ⌧
⌧ toggle on/off activate deactivate change values view options backward forward
1. Keep Last
Stitch
Tie Off ⌧
2/4. Omit Last
Stitch
1. Empty Stitch
Trim ⌧
2/4. Empty Jump
1. Backtrack
Add Stitch Angles ⌧
2/4. Repeat
Next Color ⌧
Â
Input A Input B
Auto Appliqué
A Lettering
Input C Run
Backstitch Stemstitch
⌧ toggle on/off activate deactivate change values view options backward forward
Travel to Start /
Travel by Object
End
Travel by
Travel by Color
Segment
Travel by
Function
Circle Ring
Star Stipple
Sequin Run
Make Motif
Manual
1
Preset Spacing
Smart Corners 4 2 1/2/3/4
3
⌧ toggle on/off activate deactivate change values view options backward forward
Cut Copy
1. Penetrations on 1. Borers in
4. Penetrations off 4. Borers out
1. Insert Auto
Frame
2/4. Add Auto
Frame ‡
Tab Backspace
⌧ toggle on/off activate deactivate change values view options backward forward
Cancel Delete
No Yes
Spacebar Enter
⌧ toggle on/off activate deactivate change values view options backward forward
† Paste Options: 1. Paste - Object Property Position, 2. Paste - Shift Pasted Objects,
3. Paste - Center at Current Stitch, 4. Paste - Start at Current Stitch.
‡ Add / Insert functions: See Machine function types for details.
This section provides details of the file and disk types supported by
Wilcom ES. Details are also provided about the conversion of Melco CND,
Wilcom INP, and Gunold PCH design formats to and from EMB. The section
also provides details of supported paper tape formats, as well as vector and
bitmap (raster) formats.
Note There are many additional Schiffli file formats to suit specific Schiffli
machines. Wilcom ES supports the most important of these. See the ES
Schiffli User Manual Supplement for details.
Note If not already a member of the WSC, you will need to register as a
licensed user of Wilcom software. See www.wilcom.com.au/support for
details.
Barudan FDR-II This format is currently used for BED* series lockstitch
Lockstitch machines and is the standard for all new Barudan lockstitch
machine models. It supports up to 15 needles and optional
sequin attachments.
Barudan FDR-II This format is used for newer models of Barudan Chenille
Chenille machines supporting 6 chenille colors such as the BEDYH and
Combination BEDSH. Using this format, you can digitize pure Chenille or
even a combination of Chenille and Lockstitch in the one
design.
Barudan Chenille This format is used only for the older BELM - A3C series of
Barudan Chenille Machines with 5 Chenille colors. Newer
models use Barudan FDR-II Chenille Combination.
Barudan Z Series This format is used for Barudan Z series machines with 10 or
more needles.
Zangs This is the format for Zangs and Marco brand machines and
pre-1988 ZSK machines without trimmers.
ZSK 2 This format is for ZSK machines that have more than 7 needles
and those characterized by a single top thread trimmer.
ZSK TC This format is for ZSK machines that accepts Transport Code
Disks (DOS format disks).
Note † ESD is the native file format of DOS ES, the precursor to the current
ES Designer. It is actually a stitch file format with stitch blocks, stitch types
and parameters, and an icon. It has few of the advantages of the current
EMB file format.
Note See below for conversion details when reading these files into EMB
format or writing to CND format. See Melco CND format and Conversion of
Gunold PCH format to Wilcom EMB.
10O Toyota
CSD POEM/Singer/Huskygram
DSB † Barudan
DST Tajima
† includes needle addressing data ¥ Two options—ZSK1 and ZSK2 (see note) ‡ Can only be written
by ES Cross Stitch application § TAP and MON files are written together—TAP is the stitch file, MON
the header file.£ Used with Transport Code Disks (see note)
EXP Melco
HUS Husqvarna/Viking
KSM Pfaff
PCD Pfaff
PCQ Pfaff
PCS Pfaff
PMU Proel
SEW Janome/Elna/Kenmore
STC Gunold
STX Datastitch
T04 Zangs
† includes needle addressing data ¥ Two options—ZSK1 and ZSK2 (see note) ‡ Can only be written
by ES Cross Stitch application § TAP and MON files are written together—TAP is the stitch file, MON
the header file.£ Used with Transport Code Disks (see note)
U?? † Barudan
XXX † Compucon
† includes needle addressing data ¥ Two options—ZSK1 and ZSK2 (see note) ‡ Can only be written
by ES Cross Stitch application § TAP and MON files are written together—TAP is the stitch file, MON
the header file.£ Used with Transport Code Disks (see note)
Note ZSK1 format is used with older ZSK machines, generally those older
than 1991 which have no more than 7 needles. ZSK2 is for newer ZSK
machines, those characterized by a single top thread trimmer. The trim is
the most significant differentiating factor between the two types. If the ZSK
machine accepts Transport Code Disks, then ZSK TC Machine Format must
be used.
Stitch Types
Walk Run
Underlays
Machine functions
Automatic Lock Tie In, Tie Off If Automatic Lock Stitch is set for
Stitch every Color Change, and at the
start and end of the design, tie off
and tie in stitches are inserted in
the EMB design.
Chain Chain
Moss Moss
Slow Slow
Fast Fast
Tip When you convert to CND, many Wilcom ES effects will be lost. If it is
important to preserve the effects, save in Melco EXP stitch format instead.
Alternatively, turn off all effects before saving to CND format. See also Best
Wilcom ES input methods for Melco CND output.
Stitch types
Manual Walk
Run Walk
Triple Run Bean Stitch Reverts to Triple Run (run count = 3).
(run count > 3)
Tatami - standard Fill Stitch Use Complex Fill to make sure that
the stitch lines are parallel.
Tatami - with slightly Fill Stitch, several The shape is divided into several
turning stitches sections sections, filled with parallel Fill Stitch.
There may be small gaps between
these sections.
Stitch settings
Run length Set length CND Walk stitch length is the same
as EMB Run stitch length.
Tatami length and Fill or Complex Fill The length and density of Fill
spacing settings Stitches will be the same as EMB
Tatami length and spacing.
Underlays
Center Run
Edge Run
Walk Uses CND Auto Underlay.
Zigzag
Double Zigzag
Effects
Quality features
Machine functions
Color Change / Stop Color Change / Stop Functions inserted on stitches inside
functions objects are not converted.
Jump Needle Up
Needle Up Needle Up
Moss Moss
Chain Chain
Circle OK
Ring Not The exit point will be on the wrong side of the
recommended shape.
End - Omit Last Do not use Start digitizing the next shape on the
Stitch opposite side instead.
Outline types
Parallel Input A
Serial Input C
Run Run
Incline Run
Manual Manual
Stitch types
Satin Satin
Ceding Tatami
Step Tatami
Piping Contour
OBI Tatami
Zigzag Zigzag
Satin underlays
none none
Zigzag Zigzag
Cross Zigzag
Miscellaneous
U turn Backtrack
Square
backstitch Straight stitch
Satin Trapunto
Step
Styles Motifs
Patterns none
CED Block, Jump out Block2 alphabet Manual edits and trimming
Circle Circle
Family of Curves Split Satin, single curve as Noticeably different from Satin.
split line You can copy imported curve to
get multiple curves.
Alternating number is ignored.
Other Multihead Stop (with info label) For example, Insert Appliqué is
Machine Functions converted to Stop.
Ring Ring
Slow/Fast Slow/Fast
Turn fill (spacing Wilcom ES turn fill Will look different but can be
measured along (generally fewer re-digitized in smaller sections
shape boundary) stitches)
DOS DS/HD
Happy DS/HD
Tajima DS/HD
Toyota DS/HD
ZSK DS/DD
ZSK TC DS/HD
Limitations
Microsoft Windows XP only supports the following floppy disk formats:
1.44 Mb 3.5" floppy disk (read, write, format)
720 Kb 3.5" floppy disk (read and write only)—workaround available for
formatting. See below.
1.2 Mb 5.25" floppy disk (read and write only)
360 Kb 5.25" floppy disk (read and write only)
Windows XP will not format DS/DD 720 Kb floppy disks via the normal
interface—i.e. My Computer, Windows Explorer. The reason for this is that
general computer technology is moving away from the 720 Kb format. Since
Wilcom ES uses Windows formatting utilities for DOS format, the formatting
of 720 Kb floppy disks is not possible through Wilcom ES. However, if you
have a current formatted DS/DD 720 Kb disk, Windows XP can read this
disk.
Tajima
Barudan
Zangs
ZSK
Pfaff
DXF AutoCAD
PS Postscript
PCX PC Paintbrush
Not all stitch types can be applied to all object types. Nor can all stitch
effects be applied to all stitch types or objects. The tables below describe
the relationships between the various object and types supported by
ES Designer, as well as the stitch effects which can be applied to them.
Object interconversion
This table describes the relationship between object types and
interconversion options. See Converting between object types for details.
Vector
Input A
Input B
Input C
Complex Fill
Fusion Fill™
Auto Appliqué
Circle
Ring
Run
Object Types
Vector
Input A
Input B
Input C
Complex Fill
Fusion Fill™
Auto Appliqué
Circle
* ‘Run’ in this case refers to all outline input types—Run, Triple Run,
Motif Run, Stemstitch, Backstitch. These are all interconvertible.
Ring
Run
Lettering
* ‘Run’ in this case refers to all outline input types—Run, Triple Run,
Motif Run, Stemstitch, Backstitch. These are all interconvertible.
Stitch Type
Satin
Tatami
Zigzag
E Stitch
Program Split
Motif Fill
Contour
Stipple †
Run ‡
Input Method
Input A
Input B
Input C
Complex Fill
Fusion Fill™
Auto Appliqué
Circle
Satin
Tatami
Zigzag
E Stitch
Program Split
Motif Fill
Contour
Stipple †
Run ‡
Input Method
Star
Ring
Run *
Lettering
Stitch Effects
Auto Jump
Shortening
Pull Compensation
Fractional Spacing
Auto Underlay
Smart Corners
Jagged Edge
Trapunto
User Defined Split
Accordion Spacing
3D Warp
Flexi-Split
Florentine Effect
Liquid Effect
Input Method
Satin
Input A
Input B
Input C
Complex Fill
Auto Jump
Shortening
Pull Compensation
Fractional Spacing
Auto Underlay
Smart Corners
Jagged Edge
Trapunto
User Defined Split
Accordion Spacing
3D Warp
Flexi-Split
Florentine Effect
Liquid Effect
Input Method
Fusion Fill™
Auto Appliqué
Circle
Ring
Tatami
Input A
Input B
Input C
Complex Fill
Fusion Fill™
Circle
Ring
Zigzag
Input A
Input B
Input C
Complex Fill
Auto Appliqué
Circle
Star
Ring
Auto Jump
Shortening
Pull Compensation
Fractional Spacing
Auto Underlay
Smart Corners
Jagged Edge
Trapunto
User Defined Split
Accordion Spacing
3D Warp
Flexi-Split
Florentine Effect
Liquid Effect
Input Method
E Stitch
Input A
Input B
Input C
Complex Fill
Auto Appliqué
Circle
Ring
Program Split
Input A
Input B
Input C
Complex Fill
Fusion Fill™
Circle
Ring
Motif Fill
Complex Fill
Contour
Input A
Input B
Fractional Spacing
Pull Compensation
Shortening
Auto Jump
Input Method
Triple Run
Motif Run
Triple Run
Motif Run
Input C
Circle
Ring
Run
Run
ES 2006
Appendix C
Standard Alphabets
The samples below show all alphabets that are standard with your
Wilcom ES software. The recommended stitch method for each alphabet is
indicated. This setting defines how letters in a sequence are to be
joined—i.e. Closest Join (CJ), Bottom Join (BJ), As Digitized (AD). Some
As Digitized alphabets also need to be applied with with Original
Values—e.g. all appliqué alphabets, where values are important, and others
like Kidnap, where open stitching is used. See Changing lettering join
method for details.
For best results when stitching, do not exceed the recommended maximum
or minimum sizes. Note, however, that recommended maximum and
minimum heights refer to UPPER CASE letters. Most embroidery fonts are
digitized from an original TrueType Font (TTF), some of which have
lower-case letters—e.g. a and c—which are about 70% the height of a
capital letter. As a result, these letters may be too small to embroider neatly.
You may need to increase the size of the lower-case characters to suit the
embroidery.
TrueType Font
Embroidery Letters
Lettering size will determine the type of underlay you need to apply. Apart
from stabilizing, underlay helps give ‘loft’ to raise your lettering off the
fabric. Lettering with heights under 5 mm should not have underlay. Letters
6 mm to 10 mm can have a center-run underlay applied. Lettering larger
than 10 mm is large enough for edge-run underlay. See Strengthening and
stabilizing with automatic underlays for details.
Not all characters are available in all alphabets. You can create special
characters in each alphabet by holding down the Alt key on your keyboard
and typing 0 (zero), its code, using the numbers on the keypad. For
example, to type ê with the code 234, type Alt + 0234. The accented letter
will appear when you release the Alt key. See also Using the Character Map.
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains
Punctuation and symbols
Colors 2 colors
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains European/special characters
Punctuation and symbols
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains
Punctuation and symbols
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains
Punctuation and symbols
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 2 colors
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains European/special characters
Punctuation and symbols
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Appliqué
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains European/special characters
Punctuation and symbols
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains European/special characters
Punctuation and symbols
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Applique
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
! “ # $ % & ‘ ( ) * + , - . / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 :
; @ [ ] ‘
< ? _ | |
A - Z (left, center and right letters) 3 letter and 2 letter borders and
Alphabet contains
flourishes (see above)
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Default Letter Spacing 0%
Connector/Join type Closest Join
Minimum 1.0 in 25 mm
Recommended letter height
Maximum 5.0 in 125 mm
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
Flair characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Default Letter Spacing 10%
Connector/Join type Closest Join
Minimum 0.75 in 10 mm
Recommended letter height
Maximum 3.2 in 80 mm
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 2 color
Stitching CAPS
Characters A - Z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Appliqué
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains
Punctuation and symbols
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains
Punctuation and symbols
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Punctuation and symbols
Alphabet contains European/special characters
To access " (left quotes), press *
To access " (right quotes), press "
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 2 colors
Characters A - Z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
! “ # $ % & ‘ ( ) * + , - . / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 :
; @ [ ] ‘
< > _ | {
} = \ ?
A - Z (left, center and right letters)—3 letter and 2 letter borders and
Alphabet contains
flourishes (see above).
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Default Letter Spacing 0%
Connector/Join type Closest Join
Minimum 0.7 in 18 mm
Recommended letter height
Maximum 6.0 in 150 mm
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
! “ # $ % & ‘ ( ) * + , - . / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 :
; @ [ ] ‘
< ? _ | {
} = \ >
A - Z (left, center and right letters)—3 letter and 2 letter borders and
Alphabet contains
flourishes (see above).
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Default Letter Spacing 0%
Connector/Join type Closest Join
Minimum 0.7 in 18 mm
Recommended letter height
Maximum 6.0 in 150 mm
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Default Letter Spacing 10%
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Characters A - Z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9
Alphabet contains Punctuation and symbols
European/special characters
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Single motifs
The following table shows single motifs available in Wilcom ES together with
their size values. It also shows the spacing values for Motif Runs, and
column, row and offset recommended values for Motif Fills.
System requirements
Before you install, or if you experience operating problems of any sort, make
sure that your computer/s meet the system requirements.
PC requirements
Check that your PC meets the system requirements. Check CPU/RAM as well
as hard disk space. The table below provides minimum and recommended
system requirements.
Operating System Windows 2000 / Win XP SP1 ‡ Windows XP Professional SP1 or later
Internet Connection For access to Wilcom website for regular product information and updates
Free Hard Disk 1 GB after installation (non More than 2 GB after installation if
space † double-spaced) running multiple applications
Graphics Card Support for High Color (16-bit) and high 32 MB or higher graphics card
resolution (1024 x 768) (non-integrated)
Serial Ports Standard COM port if connecting to an embroidery machine via direct serial
connection or Wilcom DCi. Note: To connect multiple machines, consult your local
Wilcom Support.
USB Ports Dedicated USB port (V1.0 or V2.0) Dedicated USB port (V1.0 or V2.0)
Data drives CD-ROM drive for software installation Backup device—e.g. CD/DVD burner,
tape backup, removable hard drive
Screen resolution ¥
Some controls may be hidden on the user interface if you run your monitor
at low resolutions. The physical size of your monitor will have a bearing on
the optimum screen resolution.
Cause • The access codes you are trying to enter are incorrect for your
security device.
• You are missing a set of codes.
Suggestion Check the Identity Code provided against the Identity Code in the
Security Device dialog of ES Designer. If they don’t match,
note the security device Serial Number and current Identity Code
and contact your distributor. See Quick Start Guide.
Message Error 7: Please attach your dongle and restart your software
Cause The dongle can not be detected by the computer or the dongle is
faulty.
Timeout warning
Cause New access codes are required or sent codes have not been
entered.
Suggestion If you have not received new access codes, note your security
device numbers—Serial Number and Identity Code—and
contact your distributor or reseller. See Quick Start Guide.
Missing Files
Unrecoverable errors
The system may generate unrecoverable errors when opening designs or
ES Designer itself.
Solution Use the Purge Recovery utility to delete any corrupted files.
Alternatively, delete them manually using Windows Explorer.
See also Deleting files with Purge Recovery.
Cause You have chosen to display only one type of embroidery file.
Suggestion Check which file types you have chosen to display in ES Design
Explorer. Select 'All Files' to display all available files.
Suggestion Check that the cable connections are all sound. Check that the
cable has not been damaged. For digitizing tablets, run the
connection test. See Testing digitizing tablet connections for
details.
If you have recently installed new hardware—e.g. a
soundcard—disable or remove the device. If that resolves the
problem, consult a PC technician to determine how to assign
Windows resources so that they don’t conflict with the machine
connection setup.
Suggestion To ensure settings from the existing installation are merged into
the new installation, select the 'Custom Install' option. You will be
prompted to merge existing settings into the new installation.
Tip: Always keep a note of any custom settings—machine or
digitizer connection, user-defined split settings, etc—for use in
case of emergency. For instance, your hard drive may crash and
you may need to install ES Designer on a different PC.
Problem You don’t have a record of the connection settings required to set
up your embroidery machine or digitizing tablet.
Cause If your connection settings are correct, you may need to set up a
custom 'format string'. This is a string of letters or characters
which tells the software how to interpret the format of the data
coming from the digitizing tablet.
Suggestion Use the DigiTest utility to determine the digitizing tablet’s format
string. See Testing digitizing tablet connections for details.
Enter the string in the The Digitizer User-Defined Format Setup
dialog. See Defining and modifying digitizing tablet formats for
details.
General problems
The following section relates to general problems you may experience in
ES Designer.
Problem There are problems when reading and punching paper tapes, or
sending designs to embroidery machines for stitching.
Suggestion Change the port settings in ES Designer and/or the device. See
Setting up paper tape readers and punches for details.
Cause The View option Show Stitches is turned off, or stitches were not
generated for the design or for some objects during digitizing, or
the stitches were removed subsequently from selected objects.
Suggestion Open any design and click the TrueView button on or off as
required and exit (File > Exit) with the design still open. When you
restart ES Designer, all designs will open in the mode you
selected when you closed ES Designer. See also Setting
TrueView options.
Missing toolbars
Suggestion Select View > Toolbars and select the toolbar you want to
display.
For the Point and Stitch toolbar, select View > Point and Stitch.
Unwanted trims
Cause You may be using the connectors ‘After Object' or ‘Inside Object'
settings incorrectly.
Cause If you have the ES Designer 'Auto Save' option enabled, backups
of EMB design files will be saved to the C:\Program
Files\Wilcom\ES2006\BACKUP folder. This is a basic way of
backing up your files although manual backups are highly
recommended through File > Save or Save As.
Cause The connector settings and/or stitch method are incorrectly set.
Suggestion Check you are using 'Inside Object' as the connector properties
within your lettering object. Also check you are using the
recommended stitch method for your lettering. See Using
automatic connectors for details. See also Adjusting stitching
sequence and join method.
Cause This occurs when there is more than one copy of the alphabet in
one of the subfolders of the Wilcom ES installation folder
C:\Program Files\Wilcom\ES2006\. For example, there is a copy
of the alphabet S324.esa in both the C:\Program
Files\Wilcom\ES2006\wletter and C:\Program
Files\Wilcom\ES2006\userletw folders.
Suggestion • Search the hard drive for multiple copies of the alphabet file in
question.
• Search the C: drive for *.ESA files.
• If there is more than one copy of any file, delete the extra copy
from the hard drive.
• Ensure the remaining copy of the file is in the C:\Program
Files\Wilcom\ES2006\wletter folder.
• Restart ES Designer.
Cause You are using an incorrect security device for the installed
alphabets.
Note To install the dongle driver under Win2000 or WinXP, you need to be
logged into Windows with Administrator privileges. If not, you will receive
an error message ‘User has no access to the registry’.
Enter command
line
Warning Reverting to the original settings removes any changes you have
made to styles, templates and hardware settings. Note down any settings
you want to preserve—e.g. machine connection settings—before running
the utility.
Select items to be
restored
Tip If the errors persist, try reverting to factory settings. See Reverting
to factory settings for details.
Note This utility will not recognize multiport serial cards—e.g. COM1 or
COM2. Always connect your digitizing tablet to a standard PC COM port for
testing purposes. Once you have confirmed that communications are
correct, replace the connection to your multiport serial card and configure
the port settings as described.
Select digitizing
tablet
Select Point or
Stream
Show tablet data as
recognized by
software
Enter connection
settings
Error messages
Use the System utility in the Control Panel to check your display adapter
and drivers.
Use the following procedure to determine which display adapter make and
model you have, and what drivers are installed for the display adapter.
Note display
adapter
10 Cancel out of the dialogs and close the Control Panel window.
11 Check the display adapter manufacturer’s website for a more recent
version of the driver. See Locate the latest display adapters for details.
Reduce hardware
acceleration
10O: Stitch file format native to Toyota add dimension and texture. Designs with
machines. appliqué can be more economical than
embroidery alone, if appliqué occupies a
3D Warp: 3D Warp is used with Motif Fill to significant amount of the design, thereby
create three dimensional effects. You can make lowering stitch count. In schiffli embroidery, an
shapes appear concave or convex using Globe embroidered motif, hand cut or aetzed away
In or Globe Out. You can also create distance from base fabric.
effects using Perspective.
Appliqué cutter: A device that can cut
Accordion Spacing: artistic stitch effect fabric along a line, somewhat like old pen
that gradually varies stitch spacing between plotters. It requires a vector file as input. In
dense and open fill along an embroidery object, MS Windows they can be set up as a type of
producing shading and color effects which are printer device.
difficult to achieve manually.
Artwork: Bitmap or vector image used as a
Active window: The active window is one to backdrop for digitizing. See also Bitmap image
which the next command or action will apply. If and Vector image.
a window is ‘active’, its title bar changes color to
differentiate it visually from other open Auto Appliqué: Auto Appliqué is an
windows. embroidery object associated with an appliqué
which provides automatic stitching to place it,
Allover: Continuous embroidery which covers tack it down, and cover its edges.
all of the goods from selvage to selvage.
Auto Center: Auto Center automatically
Alphabet: A set of characters of the same centers the start and end points of a design.
design or style including letters, numbers and
typographical symbols. Auto Jump: Auto Jump preserves long
stitches in an object by splitting them into a
Anchor point: A fixed point used when series of jumps. This prevents the machine from
rotating, scaling, skewing or mirroring a design. inserting unwanted needle penetrations when
the maximum frame movement is exceeded.
Anti-aliasing: A software technique similar
to dithering which is used to soften hard outlines Auto Scroll: The Auto Scroll feature
where color blocks intersect. It produces automatically scrolls the screen while you are
smoother outlines by ‘blurring’ the pixels where digitizing.
colors join.
Auto Spacing: Auto Spacing only affects
Appliqué: Decoration or trimming cut from Satin stitch. It adjusts stitch spacing according
one piece of fabric and stitched to another to to column width.
Bobbin embroidery: Designs worked with Bounding box: The dotted rectangle that
the fabric hooped facedown and the specialty appears when you select a range of items.
thread or ribbon wound onto the bobbin. Most
effective for simple designs such as leaves and Branching: The Branching feature lets you
vines, or special effects with threads too heavy digitize like objects—e.g. the fingers of a
to be threaded through the needle. hand—without having to think about the most
efficient stitching sequence and joins.
Bonding: Permanently joining two fabrics
together with a bonding agent. Heat sealing. BRO: Bits & Volts file format.
Borderline backstitch: The rows are Cap Corner: A type of Smart Corner. Cap
approximately parallel. With lower density fills, corners are used for very sharp corners as they
borderline backstitch creates a smooth, produce fewer stitches.
well-defined edge. Borderline backstitch is also
called Trapunto style. See also Backstitch. Cartoon: Finished artwork of an embroidery
design to be digitized. Usually six times larger
Center Run underlay: Center Run Color blending: Digitizing technique which
underlay places a row of stitches along the creates interesting perspective, shading and
center of a column. It is used to stabilize narrow color effects by blending colored layers. Two
columns (e.g. 2-3 mm wide). colors are merged smoothly from one to another
using a mixture of dense and open fill.
Chain stitch: Stitch that resembles a chain
link, formed with one thread fed from the Color depth: Color depth, also called ‘pixel
bottom side of the fabric. Done on a manual or depth’, refers to the amount of color information
computerized machine with a hook that available to each pixel in an image. An image
functions like a needle. with a color depth of 1-bit can display only two
colors. As the color depth increases, more colors
Checkbox: A small square box that appears are available – 16 Colors (4 bit), 256 Colors (8
in a dialog box and that can be selected or bit), High Color (16 bit), True Color (24 bit).
cleared. When selected, a tick or a cross
appears. A checkbox represents an option that Color palette: The color palette contains a
you can set. selection of thread colors tailored for each
design. This color scheme, or ‘colorway’,
Chenille: Form of embroidery in which a loop represents the actual thread colors in which a
(moss) stitch is formed on the top side of the design will be stitched. See also Thread chart.
fabric. Uses heavy yarns of wool, cotton or
acrylic. Created by a chain stitch machine that Color Reduction: See Image Preparation.
has been adjusted to form this stitch type. Also
known as ‘loop piling’. Colorways: Colorways are multiple color
schemes for the same design. They are made up
Click: Press and release the left mouse of colors defined in ‘color books’ which may be
button. See also Right-click. created in Wilcom ES Designer or similar design
program, or may be selected from a patent color
Click-and-drag: Click to select, hold down system such as Chromatone or Pantone.
the left mouse button, move the cursor and
release. Column: Narrow, long, curving shape.
Configuration: The size and type of Cover stitch: The cover stitch is the Satin
computer hardware. Can also be used to mean border around an appliqué shape. You can
the options provided with your software. change the width of the cover stitch, and offset
it to the inside or outside of the digitized outline.
Confirmation message: A message
displayed by the software asking you if you are Crest: An embroidered motif like an emblem,
sure you want to proceed—e.g. when you want an insignia or a Coat of Arms.
to delete a design.
Cross-stitch: Regular Bean stitch
Connector stitches: Connector stitches movements that cross at the center to form an
link objects in a design. They can be run stitches X. Laid in rows or within a box shape to form
Custom alphabets: Custom alphabets are Design card: Disk containing computerized
made up of letters, numbers or symbols you embroidery designs read by the embroidery
digitize. machine’s computer.
Destination folder: The folder (directory) Digitizing tool: Digitizing tools, sometimes
where you intend to copy or move one or more referred to as ‘input methods’, are similar to
files. drawing tools except that the end result is an
embroidery object rather than a vector object.
Detail: An outline, a border, a pickout run, or Different digitizing tools are suited to creating
a small area of the design you want to be different shapes or design elements.
stitched out last when using Smart Design.
Disk: See Floppy disk.
Diagonal backstitch: The backward rows
are diagonal, directly connecting the forward Disk drive: Computers usually have three
rows. Diagonal backstitch is suitable for turning types of disk drive: a hard disk (or fixed disk)
shapes, and gives good results with Jagged which usually supports the mass storage of
Edge. See also Backstitch. information and applications, a floppy disk
drive, and a CD ROM drive.
Dialog: An on-screen box that either requests
or provides information. Many dialogs present Display: A screen used to display the output
options to choose among before a command is of a computer. Also known as the monitor.
carried out. Some dialogs present warnings or
explain why a command cannot be completed.
Double Split Alternate: A variant of E Stitch: Widely used for tacking down
Tatami split. See User Defined Split. appliqués as a decorative border. The stitches
form a comb pattern.
Double-click: Click the left mouse button
twice without moving the mouse. Edge Run underlay: Edge Run underlay
Double-clicking carries out actions such as places stitches around the edge of an object.
opening a program from an icon. Use Edge Run together with the Zigzag or
Tatami underlays when digitizing large shapes.
Download: The process of transferring a
copy of a file from a remote computer or the Editing: Changing aspects of a design via a
internet to a computer or other device such as computerized editing program. Most programs
an embroidery machine. allow you to scale designs up or down, edit
stitch-by-stitch or block-by-block, merge
Drag: An operation of the mouse. Holding the lettering with the design, move aspects of the
(left) mouse button while moving the mouse. design around, combine designs and insert or
Typically used for moving something on the edit machine commands.
screen.
Element: An element, in software terms, is a
Drawing object: See Vector object. color block consisting of sequential, same-color
objects. You can assign names to elements
Drawing package: Software application which then appear on the production worksheet.
that creates or allows you to edit vector images The operator generally uses these to make sure
made up of separate individual vector objects. colors are correct during production. See also
Vector images can be scaled with no loss of Production worksheet.
sharpness. Examples of vector editing programs
are Adobe Illustrator, MacroMedia Freehand and EMB: Outline file format native to Wilcom ES.
Corel Draw. See also Graphics application. EMB designs contain a complete set of design
information in a single ‘all-in-one’ file – object
Dropdown list : A single-line dialog box outlines and properties, actual stitches and
control that opens to display a list of choices. machine functions, thread colors, a picture icon
Expanded file format: See Stitch file. Filename: The name of a file, including the
extension, e.g. Cat.BMP.
Expanded tape: An expanded tape which
has every stitch of the design punched. Fill stitch: Series of running stitches
commonly used to cover large areas. Different
Extension: See File extension. fill patterns can be created by altering the angle,
length and repeat sequence of the stitches. Also
Fabric: Fabrics have many properties, the known as Geflect stitch.
main one being elasticity or ‘fabric stretch’.
Surface texture, if present, is another property Filled Holes: This feature creates filled
that requires different underlay types. The objects from the outlines of selected Complex
system can automatically compensate for the Fill objects.
pull-push effect of different fabrics. Push,
Florentine Effect: With Florentine Effect French knot: A stitch featuring a raised
you can curve Complex Fill along a digitized line knotted center.
to create flowing stitch effects. The stitches
follow the digitized line but maintain uniform Fringe: Threads that are cut and hang loosely
density and needle penetration patterns. from the edge of a design.
Input B: Input B is an input method used to Line art: A drawing with only two
digitize shapes where one side is different to the colors—usually black and white.
other, especially where one side requires more
reference points than the other. Stitches turn List box: A single-line dialog that opens to
evenly throughout the entire shape. You can use display a list of choices.
any fill stitch type except Motif Fill.
Lock stitch: Commonly referred to as a
Border: Input C is an input method used to lock-down or tack-down stitch, a lock stitch is
digitize columns of fixed width. It is typically formed by three or four consecutive stitches of
used for digitizing borders and outlines of larger at least a 10-point movement. It should be used
shapes. You can digitize columns to create thick at the end of all columns, fills and at the end of
lines or borders. Border is typically used with any element in your design where jump stitches
Satin stitch. will follow, such as color changes or the end of
a design. May be stitched in a triangle, star or in
Input method: See Digitizing tool. a straight line. Lock stitch is also the name of
the type of stitch formed by the hook and needle
Jagged Edge: Technique for creating rough of home sewing machines, as well as
edges, to create shading effects, or to imitate computerized embroidery machines.
fur or other fluffy textures in your design.
Lockstitch machines: Both Schiffli and
JPG: JPEG file interchange bitmap image Multihead machines are lockstitch machines,
format. forming stitches in the same way as a home
sewing machine. Lockstitch operations involve
two threads—top and bottom. The top thread is
Logo: Name, symbol or trademark of a Maximize button: For Windows, the small
company or organization. Short for logotype. box in the center of the group of three at the
right of the title bar. Click the Maximize button
Looping: Loops on the surface of embroidery to enlarge a window to its maximum size.
generally caused by poor top tension or tension
problems. Typically occurs when polyester top Memory: The place in the computer’s system
thread has been improperly tensioned. unit that stores information while you are
working with it. If you exit without saving
Machine format: Different embroidery information in memory, it will be lost.
machines understand different languages. They
have their own control commands for the Menu bar: The menu bar contains dropdown
various machine functions. Before you can stitch menus of commands. Some of the same
a design, it must be in a format which can be commands are available on the toolbar.
understood by the target machine. Common
formats include Barudan, Brother, Fortran, Menu chart: The menu chart provided with
Happy, Marco, Meistergram, Melco, Pfaff, the software lets you select commands directly
Stellar, Tajima, Toyota, Ultramatic and ZSK. from the digitizing tablet using the puck. You
need to ‘register’ it before use.
Machine function: Machine functions are
commands for a specific embroidery machine. Minimize button: For Windows, the small
These include color changes, thread trims, box to the left of the group of three at the right
jumps, machine stops, needles in/out, and of the title bar. Click the Minimize button to
boring begin/end. reduce a window to its minimum size.
Machine setup: Before you can send Minimum stitch length: The minimum
designs for stitching, you must configure the movement of the hoop. It is measured between
machine in ES Designer. You can add machines, needle penetration points. See also Max/Min
change settings for machines already set up, or stitch.
delete machines that are no longer required.
Mirror: Duplication of an object in the Y
Manual object: When you open a stitch and/or X axis. The location and orientation of
format file without outline recognition, it the mirrored stitches are determined by location
becomes a single ‘manual’ object. This object and angle of the axis of reflection relative to the
consists of a series of individual needle position of the original stitches.
penetration points and has only general and
connector properties. When you transform Mirror-merge: Mirror-Merge Array can
(scale, rotate, mirror) a manual object, the create multiple copies of designs, such as
original stitch density does not change. badges, spaced in rows and columns for faster
stitchouts. Mirror-Merge Reflect can duplicate
Max/Min stitch length: The minimum and mirror designs simultaneously. You can use
and maximum stitch lengths allowable in a it to quickly create borders or merge duplicates
design determine the outside limits as into a symmetrical object such as a heart.
Needle points: You can view needle points Object recognition: See Outline
in a design to check density or, for instance, to recognition.
select stitches for editing.
Object type: An object has a type, shape,
Nesting: Nesting lets you create or insert an thread type and color, stitching settings and a
object at an exact point of the stitching position in the stitching order. The object type
sequence. You can ‘nest’ an object in the middle may or may not determine the intended final
of another object’s stitching sequence to appearance of the stitching.
prevent long connectors being generated.
Offset Object: Software function used to
Network: To link embroidery machines via a create new outlines from the outlines of selected
central computer and disk-drive system, usually objects.
via a modem or network card. A group of
machines linked via a central computer. Options: Options provide software with extra
functionality that can be purchased by
Noise filtering: Noise filtering means registered owners of the product.
restoring the solid color blocks of original
artwork in scanned images. This is achieved by Outline file: Outline or ‘condensed’ files are
merging different shades into one solid color. high-level formats which contain object
Noise filtering is important for automatic outlines, object properties and stitch data.
digitizing because it makes it easier for the When you open an outline file in ES Designer,
software to identify solid color blocks which corresponding stitch types, input methods and
become embroidery objects in the resulting effects are applied. Outline files can be scaled,
design. It also cleans up blurred or mottled transformed and reshaped without affecting
areas of color. stitch density or quality. See also Stitch file.
NORMAL template: Default template. See Outline recognition: When you convert a
also Template. stitch file to outline format, ES Designer reads
the data stitch-by-stitch according to the needle
Object: In embroidery design terms, an penetration points. The software then
object is an individual ‘element’ of a design. An ‘recognizes’ stitch types, spacing and length
object has many properties, such as its size, values, stitch effects, and can determine object
color, sequence in the design, stitch type and outlines.
values, including the rules for stitching. See also
Vector image, Vector object. Outline stitch: Stitch such as Run or Satin
used to outline an embroidery object.
Object outline: See Outline file.
Overall embroidery: Overall embroidery is
Object properties: All embroidery objects embroidery which covers the entire fabric. This
in ES Designer contain defining settings or includes lacework where the backing fabric is
‘values’. The values stored with an object actually removed after manufacture. Overall
become its ‘properties’. All objects have certain embroidery is typical of Schiffli manufacture,
properties in common such as size and position. less common with Multihead.
Paper tape: Traditional recording media PDF: Portable Document Format. Used to view
used in the embroidery industry is the paper the Online Manual in Acrobat Reader.
tape. The tape coding process produces the final
design in stitch format—a stitch-by-stitch Pattern outline: See Motif Run.
interpretation of the design—exactly as the
embroidery machine will read it. Now largely
Pause function: The Pause function is a
replaced by floppy disk, tapes are still used by
conditional Stop, always on an empty stitch. It
older machines. More specifically, stitch data
is interpreted by the machine according to the
paper tapes are eight-channel paper tapes
machine operator preferences.
which, in effect, are hard copies of 8 bit binary
code.
Pencil rub: Low-cost way of producing an
Parallel port: A connection on a computer, embroidery design sample. Consists literally of
a piece of tracing paper placed over a stitchout
usually LPT1, where you plug in the cable for a
and rubbed lightly with a pencil to produce an
parallel printer and/or a dongle. Parallel ports
impression of the embroidery.
are used to connect some embroidery
machines. They are named LPT1, LPT2, etc.
When you set up a parallel machine connection, Penetrations: The Needle In and Needle Out
select the parallel port and the required functions instruct the machine whether or not to
protocol, and complete the machine setup use needle penetrations. You can enter these
procedure. functions automatically using the Penetrations
tool.
Partial appliqué: Technique to create
appliqué objects with partial cover stitching to Peripheral: Any device connected to a
create an overlapping effect without computer which is to some degree controlled by
doubling-up borders. the computer—e.g. an embroidery machine or
printer.
Partition Lines: Partition Lines is a method
for offsetting needle penetrations in Tatami fills, Photo Click: Technique for creating
embroidery designs directly from photographs
PMU: PMU is a Proel stitch or ‘expanded’ file Processed stitches: Designs read from
format. stitch or ‘expanded’ files where stitches have
been regenerated by processing.
PNG: Portable Network Graphics vector image
format. Production worksheet: The production
worksheet is the link between the designer and
Point & Stitch: Toolset used to create the embroidery machine operator. It contains a
embroidery designs by automatically digitizing design preview as well as essential production
blocks of color in electronic images, or information, including the design size, the color
converting vector outlines directly to sequence and any special instructions.
embroidery objects. See also Smart Design.
Program: A computer program or
Pointer: A part of the screen display, the ‘application’ is generally used for a particular
pointer can take various shapes. It is moved by kind of work, such as word processing or
moving the mouse and can be used to point to database management.
anything on the screen to make selections and
indicate points for input. It also indicates when Program Split: A decorative fill stitch which
the computer is working and no input is can be applied to various object types where
possible. needle penetrations form a tiled pattern.
Different preset patterns are available for use.
Point: Unit of measurement, with 10 points
equal to 1 mm. Properties: See Object properties.
Puncher: The skilled programmer who Redraw: The screen display is refreshed. This
makes the apes for embroidery machines. is useful when parts of the display have become
obscured in the course of editing. See also Slow
Punching: Conversion of artwork into a Redraw.
series of commands to be read by an
embroidery machine’s computer or controller. Image Preparation: The Image
The term refers to an earlier method of machine Preparation feature automatically reduces color
embroidery whereby designs are ‘punched’ to blocks in bitmap images to a single color,
paper tape. A part of the machine, called an removing anti-aliasing and noise. You can let
automat, reads the paper tape or Jacquards the software reduce the color count
punched with holes representing stitches, automatically or specify a precise number. The
pantograph movements and other commands. latter is useful if you want to match design
While still capable of producing paper tape, colors to an exact number of thread colors.
many digitizing systems now store this
information on disk formats. See also
Reference point: A point that can be
Digitizing.
aligned with the grid. For example, you can set
the grid reference point to the design center.
Push-Pull: When any stitch is sewn into This is easier and faster than moving the whole
fabric, the tension in the thread between needle design.
penetrations can build up and result in a
‘push-pull’ effect. This can cause distortions in
Refresh: See Redraw.
your sewn designs, poor stitch registration and
even the bunching of the fabric. The degree of
distortion can be affected by the following Registration: Correct registration is
factors: stitch density, fabric type, underlay, achieved when all stitches and design elements
backing type, thread type and garment line up correctly.
orientation. See also Stitch-Pull.
Relative Pointer Setting: This setting
RAM: Random Access Memory, computer chip shows the pointer position as an absolute value
maintaining memory. from the first needle point of the design. Useful
for checking that the design fits a given area.
Right-click: To press and release the right Scaling: Ability to enlarge or reduce a design
mouse button. See also Click. in size. In stitch or ‘expanded’ format, most
scaling is limited to ±5% because the stitch
count remains constant despite final design
Rotation handles: When you select an
size. In outline or ‘condensed’ formats, scale
object, selection handles display at its
changes may be more dramatic because stitch
extremities. If you click the object again,
count and density are recalculated.
rotation and skew handles appear around the
object. Rotation handles appear at the corners
of the object and an anchor point displays at the Scanner: A device that converts physical
object’s center. Skew handles are images into digital form so that they can be
diamond-shaped and appear at the center-top stored and manipulated by computer. Scanning
and bottom of the object. See also Selection allows you to take scanned images as a basis for
handles. embroidery design.
Run stitch: Run stitch (also called Walk Scanning resolution: Most scanners
stitch) places a single row of stitches along a require you to enter scanning resolution
digitized line. The needle penetrations are information. Resolution determines the number
placed in consecutive order. Run is generally of dots per inch (dpi) used to create a drawing.
used for stitching outlines and connector The higher the value, the clearer the image but
stitches. Run stitch length can be set to larger the file. For digitizing purposes, use a
automatically vary in order to follow tight maximum resolution of 300 dpi (dots per inch).
curves. A resolution of 72 dpi (screen resolution) will
usually be sufficient. Generally speaking, the
Selection handles: Eight small squares Shortcut key: A key stroke or a series of
that appear symmetrically at the corners and keystrokes you can use to perform a task
edges of a selected object. Use them to position instead of using the mouse. For example, Ctrl+C
and resize objects. See also Rotation handles. actions the Copy command.
Team Names: The Team Names feature lets Thread thickness: See Thread density.
you create designs with multiple names. For
example, you can use the same logo with Thread type: Embroidery thread varies in
different names for sports teams or corporate thickness. Types are A, B, C and D. Stitch
uniforms without having to create multiple density should be set according to the thread
copies of the same design. type. See also Thread thickness.
Template: Special files used to store styles Tie-ins: Tie-in stitches are inserted at the
and default property settings. Use templates start of objects to prevent stitches from
when digitizing frequently-used design types to unraveling. They are inserted inside the shape
save time re-adjusting the current property on the second stitch. You generally use them
settings. when the previous connector is trimmed.
Tension: Tautness of thread when forming Tie-offs: Tie-offs are generally placed before
stitches. Top thread tension, as well as bobbin trims to prevent stitches from unraveling. You
thread tension, need to be correctly set. Proper can adjust connector settings to automatically
thread tension is achieved when about one third add tie-offs under certain conditions, or add
of the thread showing on the underside of the them manually. You can also include trim
fabric on a column stitch is bobbin thread. functions so machines with trimmers cut the
thread automatically.
Thread: Fine cord or natural or synthetic
material made from two or more filaments Title bar: The horizontal bar located at the
twisted together and used for stitching. Machine top of a window and containing the title of the
Toolbar: Toolbars provide quick and easy Trimmers: Devices built into an embroidery
access to ES Designer commands. Click a machine to automatically trim or cut remaining
toolbar button to activate a command or, where thread when the design jumps from one area to
applicable, right-click to view and adjust its another or performs a color change.
settings.
Trimming: Action of cutting loose thread,
Topping: Material hooped or placed on top of removing backing, etc, from the final
fabrics that have definable nap or surface embroidered product.
texture, such as corduroy and terry cloth, prior
to embroidery. The topping compacts the wale Triple Run stitch: Triple Run repeats each
or nap and holds the stitches above it. It Run stitch three (or more) times for a thick line.
includes a variety of substances, such as plastic Typically used to add borders and pickout runs
wrap, water-soluble plastic ‘foil’ and to designs.
open-weave fabric that has been chemically
treated to disintegrate with the application of Triple Satin: Triple Satin is often used for
heat. Also known as ‘facing’. See also folk designs to mimic handmade embroidery
Stabilizer. that uses thicker thread. If you require thicker
stitches, set the Satin stitch to repeat itself
Trapunto: Trapunto is a general term for multiple times.
very open fill stitching, often used as a
background or for filling large shapes. In ES TrueType Font: Digital font technology
Designer, Trapunto effect forces travel runs to designed by Apple Computer and now used by
the edges of objects so they do not show both Apple and Microsoft in their operating
through open or loose stitching. systems.
Travel run: Travel runs are typically used to TrueView: TrueView provides you with a
connect segments of complex shapes. They can preview of how your embroidery will look when
also connect adjacent objects. Because runs are stitched out. It gives the screen image a three
not trimmed, they may be visible in the final dimensional look.
embroidery. For this reason, they are less
commonly used as connectors between objects
TWAIN: Industry standard which allows
than jumps. If objects are adjacent and
devices (such as scanners) to communicate
connectors will be hidden, they can be used.
directly with design and layout programs. Both
device and program must be TWAIN-compliant.
Traveling: You generally check a design’s This lets you use any TWAIN-compliant scanner
stitching sequence by ‘traveling’ through it by with your software.
stitches, segments, functions or objects.
U?? Stitch file format native to Barudan
Trims functions: If you are using a machines.
machine with an automatic trimmer, the trim
code causes the thread to be cut after a tie-off.
UDL file: Design Workflow uses the Microsoft
In the software, trims are represented by a
Data Link (UDL) format to link to its databases.
triangle with a small circle at the point where
UDL files are similar to Windows shortcuts, but
stitching starts again. The trimmed connector